TW201920629A - Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201920629A
TW201920629A TW107129535A TW107129535A TW201920629A TW 201920629 A TW201920629 A TW 201920629A TW 107129535 A TW107129535 A TW 107129535A TW 107129535 A TW107129535 A TW 107129535A TW 201920629 A TW201920629 A TW 201920629A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
mass
group
less
liquid crystal
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW107129535A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
木村正臣
須藤豪
井之上雄一
幡野直美
林正直
間宮純一
清水健太
Original Assignee
日商Dic股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商Dic股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商Dic股份有限公司
Publication of TW201920629A publication Critical patent/TW201920629A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/16Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. stilbenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/24Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing nitrogen-to-nitrogen bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/42Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Abstract

Provided is an alignment assistant which is capable of ensuring storage stability if added into a liquid crystal composition, and which causes liquid crystal molecules to vertically align spontaneously even if a PI layer is omitted. Also provided are: a liquid crystal composition which exhibits excellent storage stability and which enables vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules even if a PI layer is omitted; and a liquid crystal display element which uses this liquid crystal composition. An alignment assistant according to the present invention is arranged between two substrates together with liquid crystal molecules and causes the liquid crystal molecules to align spontaneously. This alignment assistant is characterized by containing a first compound which contains at least one first affinity group that has an affinity for the substrates and a second compound which contains at least one second affinity group that has an affinity for the substrates, while having a lower polarity than the first affinity group.

Description

配向助劑、液晶組成物及液晶顯示元件Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

本發明是有關於一種配向助劑、液晶組成物及液晶顯示元件。The invention relates to an alignment aid, a liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display element.

先前,於垂直配向(vertical alignment,VA)方式的液晶顯示器中,為了於不施加電壓時引起液晶分子的垂直配向,於施加電壓時實現液晶分子的水平配向,於電極上設置作為配向層發揮功能的聚醯亞胺(PI)層。然而,於PI層的製膜時需要巨大的成本,因此近年來正研究一種用以即便省略PI層亦實現液晶分子的配向的方法。Previously, in a vertical alignment (VA) liquid crystal display, in order to cause vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage was applied, horizontal alignment of liquid crystal molecules was achieved when a voltage was applied, and an electrode was provided to function as an alignment layer. Polyimide (PI) layer. However, since a huge cost is required for forming a PI layer, a method for realizing alignment of liquid crystal molecules even if the PI layer is omitted is being studied in recent years.

例如,專利文獻1中揭示一種液晶介質,其特徵在於:將具有負介電各向異性的極性化合物的混合物作為基礎,含有至少一種自發配向性添加劑,並記載可將該液晶介質較佳地用於不含配向層的顯示器中的主旨。而且,於專利文獻1中使用具有羥基的特定化合物作為自發配向性添加劑。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a liquid crystal medium, which is characterized in that a mixture of polar compounds having negative dielectric anisotropy is used as a basis, and at least one spontaneous alignment additive is contained, and it is described that the liquid crystal medium can be preferably used. Theme in displays without alignment layers. Furthermore, in Patent Document 1, a specific compound having a hydroxyl group is used as a spontaneous alignment additive. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特表2014-524951號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-524951

[發明所欲解決之課題] 然而,根據本發明者等人的研究判明,於使用專利文獻1中所記載的自配向添加劑的情況下,於製作使液晶分子垂直地配向的配向限制力不充分,不具有PI層的液晶顯示元件時,於液晶顯示元件的端部產生由液晶分子不顯示規定的配向狀態而引起的配向不均,需要進行改善,且,於保存含有該自配向添加劑的液晶組成物時產生結晶的析出,於保存穩定性的方面存在改善的餘地。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] However, according to research by the present inventors, it has been found that when the self-aligning additive described in Patent Document 1 is used, an alignment restricting force for making liquid crystal molecules vertically aligned is insufficient. In the case of a liquid crystal display element without a PI layer, an alignment unevenness caused by the liquid crystal molecules not showing a predetermined alignment state is generated at the end of the liquid crystal display element, which needs to be improved, and the liquid crystal containing the self-alignment additive is stored. Precipitation of crystals occurred during the composition, and there was room for improvement in terms of storage stability.

因此,本發明的目的在於提供一種可確保含有配向助劑(自配向添加劑)與液晶分子的液晶組成物的保存穩定性,即便省略PI層亦使液晶分子自發地進行垂直配向的配向助劑。另外,本發明的另一目的在於提供一種保存穩定性優異、且即便省略PI層亦可實現聚合物穩定配向(polymer sustained alignment,PSA)型、聚合物穩定垂直配向(polymer sustained vertical alignment,PSVA)型、VA型等液晶顯示元件的液晶組成物、及使用該液晶組成物的液晶顯示元件。 [解決課題之手段]Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an alignment aid capable of ensuring the storage stability of a liquid crystal composition containing an alignment aid (self-alignment additive) and liquid crystal molecules, and allowing liquid crystal molecules to spontaneously align even if the PI layer is omitted. In addition, another object of the present invention is to provide a polymer sustained alignment (PSA) type and polymer sustained vertical alignment (PSVA) which are excellent in storage stability and can achieve a polymer sustained alignment (PSA) even if the PI layer is omitted. Type, VA type, and other liquid crystal display elements, and liquid crystal display elements using the liquid crystal composition. [Means for solving problems]

本發明提供一種配向助劑,其與液晶分子一同配置於兩個基板間,並使所述液晶分子自發地進行配向,所述配向助劑的特徵在於含有: 第1化合物,包含具有相對於所述基板的親和性的至少一個第1親和性基;以及 第2化合物,包含具有相對於所述基板的親和性、且極性較所述第1親和性基更低的至少一個第2親和性基。The present invention provides an alignment aid, which is arranged between two substrates together with liquid crystal molecules and spontaneously aligns the liquid crystal molecules. The alignment aid is characterized by containing: a first compound containing Said substrate has at least one first affinity group having an affinity; and a second compound comprising at least one second affinity group having an affinity with respect to said substrate and having a lower polarity than said first affinity group .

另外,本發明提供一種液晶組成物,其含有本發明的配向助劑與液晶分子,且介電常數各向異性(Δε)為負。In addition, the present invention provides a liquid crystal composition containing the alignment aid and liquid crystal molecules of the present invention, and the dielectric constant anisotropy (Δε) is negative.

進而,本發明提供一種液晶顯示元件,其包括:兩個基板、以及設於該兩個基板之間的包含本發明的液晶組成物的液晶層。 [發明的效果]Furthermore, the present invention provides a liquid crystal display device including two substrates and a liquid crystal layer including the liquid crystal composition of the present invention provided between the two substrates. [Effect of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種保存穩定性優異、即便省略PI層亦可進行液晶分子的均勻的垂直配向的配向助劑,含有該配向助劑的液晶組成物,以及使用該液晶組成物的液晶顯示元件。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an alignment aid having excellent storage stability and capable of performing uniform vertical alignment of liquid crystal molecules even if the PI layer is omitted, a liquid crystal composition containing the alignment aid, and a liquid crystal display using the liquid crystal composition. element.

以下,基於較佳實施形態來對本發明的配向助劑、液晶組成物及液晶顯示元件進行詳細說明。 (配向助劑) 本發明的配向助劑藉由與液晶分子一同配置於兩個基板間,可使液晶分子自發地進行配向。該配向助劑含有:第1化合物,包含具有相對於基板的親和性的至少一個第1親和性基;以及第2化合物,包含具有相對於基板的親和性、且極性較第1親和性基更低的至少一個第2親和性基。Hereinafter, the alignment aid, the liquid crystal composition, and the liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described in detail based on preferred embodiments. (Alignment Auxiliary) The alignment aid of the present invention can be spontaneously aligned with the liquid crystal molecules by being disposed between the two substrates together with the liquid crystal molecules. This alignment aid contains: a first compound containing at least one first affinity group having an affinity with respect to the substrate; and a second compound containing an affinity with respect to the substrate and having a polarity greater than that of the first affinity group Low at least one second affinity group.

第1化合物及第2化合物分別包括:具有相對於基板的親和性的親和性基、以及相對於基板的親和性低於該親和性基的其他部分(其他結構)。 因此,於將含有配向助劑與液晶分子的液晶組成物供給至兩個基板間並形成液晶層時,可以使親和性基吸附(附著)於基板並使其他部分遠離基板的方式配置(配向)第1化合物及第2化合物兩者。藉由以所述方式配置的第1化合物及第2化合物的存在,於液晶層中可對液晶分子以於垂直方向配向的狀態進行保持。Each of the first compound and the second compound includes an affinity group having an affinity with respect to the substrate, and other portions (other structures) having an affinity with respect to the substrate that are lower than the affinity group. Therefore, when a liquid crystal composition containing an alignment aid and liquid crystal molecules is supplied between two substrates to form a liquid crystal layer, an affinity group can be adsorbed (adhered) to the substrate and other parts can be arranged away from the substrate (alignment). Both the first compound and the second compound. The presence of the first compound and the second compound arranged as described above allows the liquid crystal molecules to be held in a state of being aligned in the vertical direction in the liquid crystal layer.

此處,親和性基吸附(附著)於基板而具有將第1化合物及第2化合物固定於基板的功能,故亦可稱為吸附性基(附著性基)、PEG基、辛克基(sinker基)或錨固基。 根據此種本發明的配向助劑,即便省略PI層,亦可使液晶分子進行配向(於不施加電壓時引起液晶分子的垂直配向,於施加電壓時實現液晶分子的水平配向)。因而,第1化合物及第2化合物均可較佳地用於幫助液晶層中的液晶分子的自發配向。Here, since the affinity group is adsorbed (adhered) to the substrate and has the function of fixing the first compound and the second compound to the substrate, it may also be referred to as an adsorption group (adhesive group), a PEG group, or a sink group (sinker group). ) Or anchoring base. According to such an alignment aid of the present invention, even if the PI layer is omitted, the liquid crystal molecules can be aligned (causing vertical alignment of the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied, and achieving horizontal alignment of the liquid crystal molecules when voltage is applied). Therefore, both the first compound and the second compound can be preferably used to assist the spontaneous alignment of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer.

所謂第1親和性基與第2親和性基,該些基的極性互不相同,特別是第1親和性基的極性較第2親和性基而言極性更高。因此,若將液晶組成物供給至基板上,則第1親和性基較第2親和性基更早地吸附於基板上。其結果,第1化合物較第2化合物更優先地固定於基板上。The so-called first affinity group and the second affinity group have different polarities from each other. In particular, the polarity of the first affinity group is higher than that of the second affinity group. Therefore, when the liquid crystal composition is supplied onto the substrate, the first affinity group is adsorbed on the substrate earlier than the second affinity group. As a result, the first compound is fixed on the substrate more preferentially than the second compound.

另一方面,第2化合物於基板上均勻地潤濕擴展後被固定於基板上。此時,第2化合物可以固定於基板上的第1化合物為基準(基點)進行排列(配向)。 根據所述情況,本發明的配向助劑含有包含至少一個第1親和性基的第1化合物、與包含第2親和性基的第2化合物,藉此可發揮液晶分子的更確實的配向限制力(防止配向不均產生的效果)。On the other hand, the second compound is uniformly wetted and spread on the substrate and is fixed on the substrate. In this case, the second compound may be aligned (aligned) with the first compound fixed on the substrate as a reference (base point). According to the situation, the alignment aid of the present invention contains a first compound containing at least one first affinity group and a second compound containing a second affinity group, whereby a more precise alignment limiting force of the liquid crystal molecules can be exerted. (The effect of preventing uneven alignment).

另外,第1化合物具有極性較高的第1親和性基,因此若增多所述液晶組成物中所含的量,則有容易析出的傾向。 本發明的配向助劑含有具有極性較低的第2親和性基的第2化合物,藉此可防止或抑制第1化合物於液晶組成物中的析出。藉此,可確保液晶組成物的保存穩定性(特別是低溫下的保存時的穩定性)。 再者,即便減少第1化合物的量,根據本發明的配向助劑,並利用與第2化合物的協同效果,可發揮液晶分子的充分的配向限制力。In addition, since the first compound has a first affinity group having a higher polarity, if the amount contained in the liquid crystal composition is increased, it tends to be easily precipitated. The alignment aid of the present invention contains a second compound having a second affinity group having a relatively low polarity, thereby preventing or suppressing the precipitation of the first compound in the liquid crystal composition. This can ensure the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition (especially the stability during storage at low temperature). Furthermore, even if the amount of the first compound is reduced, the alignment aid of the present invention and the synergistic effect with the second compound can be used to exert a sufficient alignment limiting force of the liquid crystal molecules.

另外,配向助劑中的第1化合物與第2化合物的比率並無特別限定,但較佳為以重量比計為1:0.1~1:10左右,更佳為1:0.5~1:5左右。藉由以此種比率含有第1化合物與第2化合物,配向助劑可確實地發揮提高液晶分子的配向限制力的效果與確保液晶組成物的保存穩定性的效果兩種效果。The ratio of the first compound to the second compound in the alignment aid is not particularly limited, but it is preferably about 1: 0.1 to 1:10 in terms of weight ratio, more preferably about 1: 0.5 to 1: 5. . By containing the first compound and the second compound in such a ratio, the alignment aid can surely exert two effects of an effect of improving the alignment limiting force of the liquid crystal molecules and an effect of ensuring the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition.

所使用的第1化合物及第2化合物的具體的量可藉由與製成液晶組成物時的液晶分子的量的關係來規定。 相對於液晶分子100重量%,第1化合物的量較佳為0.1重量%~1.5重量%左右,更佳為0.3重量%~1.3重量%左右。 另一方面,相對於液晶分子100重量%,第2化合物的量亦較佳為0.1重量%~1.5重量%左右,更佳為0.3重量%~1.3重量%左右。 再者,第1化合物及第2化合物的合計量較佳為於需要且可充分地發揮提高液晶分子的配向限制力的效果的範圍內盡可能製備成少量(相對於液晶分子100重量%,較佳為1.4重量%以下,更佳為0.5重量%~1重量%左右)。藉此,可進一步提昇液晶組成物的保存穩定性。The specific amount of the first compound and the second compound to be used can be determined by the relationship with the amount of liquid crystal molecules when the liquid crystal composition is prepared. The amount of the first compound is preferably about 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, and more preferably about 0.3% to 1.3% by weight based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal molecules. On the other hand, the amount of the second compound is also preferably about 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, more preferably about 0.3% to 1.3% by weight, relative to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal molecules. In addition, the total amount of the first compound and the second compound is preferably prepared as small as possible (with respect to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal molecules, within a range that can sufficiently exert the effect of improving the alignment limiting force of the liquid crystal molecules). It is preferably 1.4% by weight or less, more preferably about 0.5% to 1% by weight). This can further improve the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition.

第1親和性基及第2親和性基較佳為分別包含選自下述群組中的基,且以第2親和性基的極性較第1親和性基的極性而變低的方式設計的取代基。 [化1](式中,黑點表示結合鍵)The first affinity group and the second affinity group preferably each include a group selected from the following group and are designed so that the polarity of the second affinity group is lower than the polarity of the first affinity group. Substituents. [Chemical 1] (In the formula, the black dot indicates the bonding key)

若為包含選自所述群組中的基的取代基,則可以第2親和性基的極性較第1親和性基的極性而變低的方式容易地設計第1親和性基與第2親和性基。 第1親和性基較佳為包含選自下述化2所示的群組中的基,更佳為選自下述通式(K1-1)~通式(K1-3)所表示的群組中。 [化2] If it is a substituent including a group selected from the group, the first affinity group and the second affinity can be easily designed so that the polarity of the second affinity group becomes lower than that of the first affinity group. Sex-based. The first affinity group preferably contains a group selected from the group represented by the following Chemical Formula 2, and more preferably is selected from the group represented by the following general formula (K1-1) to (K1-3) In the group. [Chemical 2]

[化3] [Chemical 3]

式(K1-1)~式(K1-3)中,左端的黑點表示結合鍵, WK2 表示次甲基、C-CH3 、C-C2 H5 、氮原子或矽原子, WK3 表示碳原子, X1 ~X5 分別獨立地表示氫原子、-OH基或CH2 =C(CH3 )COO-, X1 及X2 中的至少一者表示-OH基, X3 、X4 及X5 中的至少一者表示-OH基, Sp1 、Sp2 及Sp3 分別表示單鍵或間隔基。In the formulae (K1-1) to (K1-3), the black dot at the left end represents a bonding bond, W K2 represents a methine group, C-CH 3 , CC 2 H 5 , a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom, and W K3 represents a carbon Atom, X 1 to X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -OH group or CH 2 = C (CH 3 ) COO-, at least one of X 1 and X 2 represents -OH group, X 3 , X 4 and At least one of X 5 represents an -OH group, and Sp 1 , Sp 2, and Sp 3 each represent a single bond or a spacer.

此處,間隔基例如較佳為-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH2 -CH2 COO-、-OCOCH2 -CH2 -、-CH=C(CH3 )COO-、-OCOC(CH3 )=CH-、-CH2 -CH(CH3 )COO-、-OCOCH(CH3 )-CH2 -、-OCH2 CH2 O-或碳原子數1~20的分支或直鏈的伸烷基(其中,伸烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-、-COO-或-OCO-取代)。Here, the spacer is preferably -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CF 2 O-,- OCF 2- , -CH = CHCOO-, -OCOCH = CH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 COO-, -OCOCH 2 -CH 2- , -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O- or branched or straight-chain alkylene with 1 to 20 carbon atoms (Wherein one of the alkylene groups or two or more -CH 2 -which are not adjacent to each other may be substituted with -O-, -COO-, or -OCO-).

此種第1親和性基具有充分高的極性,因此發揮相對於基板的更高的親和力(吸附力)。 Sp1 、Sp2 及Sp3 特佳為分別為單鍵或亞甲基。 作為第1親和性基的具體例,例如可列舉下述群組中所示的取代基。Such a first affinity group has sufficiently high polarity, and therefore exhibits a higher affinity (adsorption force) with respect to the substrate. Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 are particularly preferably a single bond or a methylene group, respectively. As a specific example of a 1st affinity group, the substituent shown by the following group is mentioned, for example.

[化4](式中,黑點表示結合鍵)[Chemical 4] (In the formula, the black dot indicates the bonding key)

所述群組中,於重視作為配向助劑的化學穩定性的情況下,第1親和性基較佳為K1-1、K1-2-1、K1-2-2及K1-2-3。另外,於重視液晶分子的配向性的情況下,第1親和性基較佳為K1-2-1、K1-2-2及K1-2-3。 另外,於重視於液晶組成物中的溶解性的情況下,第1親和性基較佳為K1-2-4、K1-3-1、K1-3-2、K1-3-3、K1-3-4及K1-3-5。進而,於重視該些的平衡的情況下,第1親和性基更佳為K1-2-1、K1-2-2、K1-2-3、K1-3-1、K1-3-2、K1-3-3及K1-3-4。In the group, when the chemical stability as an alignment aid is important, the first affinity groups are preferably K1-1, K1-2-1, K1-2-2, and K1-2-3. When the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is important, the first affinity groups are preferably K1-2-1, K1-2-2, and K1-2-3. When the solubility in the liquid crystal composition is important, the first affinity group is preferably K1-2-4, K1-3-1, K1-3-2, K1-3-3, K1- 3-4 and K1-3-5. Furthermore, when these balances are valued, the first affinity groups are more preferably K1-2-1, K1-2-2, K1-2-3, K1-3-1, K1-3-2, K1-3-3 and K1-3-4.

另一方面,第2親和性基較佳為包含選自下述化5所示的群組中的基,更佳為選自下述通式(K2-1)~通式(K2-14)所表示的群組中。 [化5] On the other hand, the second affinity group preferably contains a group selected from the group represented by the following Chemical Formula 5, and more preferably is selected from the following general formula (K2-1) to general formula (K2-14) Represented by the group. [Chemical 5]

[化6] [Chemical 6]

式(K2-1)~式(K2-14)中,左端的黑點表示結合鍵, 任意的亞甲基分別獨立地可經碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷氧基、或者碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的全氟烷基取代, WK 1 表示次甲基、C-CH3 、C-C2 H5 或氮原子, XK1 及YK1 分別獨立地表示-CH2 -、氧原子或硫原子, ZK1 表示氧原子或硫原子。In the formulae (K2-1) to (K2-14), the black dot at the left end represents a bonding bond, and any methylene group can independently pass through a linear or branched alkyl group or carbon atom having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. A linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 or a linear or branched perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. W K 1 represents a methine group, C-CH 3 , CC 2 H 5 Or nitrogen atom, X K1 and Y K1 each independently represent -CH 2- , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and Z K1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

UK1 、VK1 及SK1 分別獨立地表示次甲基或氮原子(其中,UK1 為次甲基、VK1 為次甲基、SK1 為氮原子的組合除外), RK1 表示氫原子、碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷氧基、或者碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的全氟烷基。U K1 , V K1, and S K1 each independently represent a methine group or a nitrogen atom (wherein U K1 is a methine group, V K1 is a methine group, and S K1 is a nitrogen atom), and R K1 is a hydrogen atom , A straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a straight or branched perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

包含此種第2親和性基的第2化合物容易於基板上更均勻地潤濕擴展。 所述群組中,於重視作為配向助劑的化學穩定性的情況下,第2親和性基較佳為(K2-1)、(K2-3)、(K2-8)、(K2-9)及(K2-13)。另外,於重視液晶分子的配向性的情況下,第2親和性基較佳為(K2-1)及(K2-3)。 另外,於重視於液晶組成物中的溶解性的情況下,第2親和性基較佳為(K2-1)、(K2-9)及(K2-13)。進而,於重視該些的平衡的情況下,第2親和性基更佳為(K2-1)及(K2-3)。The second compound containing such a second affinity group is more easily wetted and spread on the substrate. In the group, when the chemical stability as an alignment aid is important, the second affinity group is preferably (K2-1), (K2-3), (K2-8), (K2-9) ) And (K2-13). When the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is important, the second affinity groups are preferably (K2-1) and (K2-3). When the solubility in the liquid crystal composition is important, the second affinity group is preferably (K2-1), (K2-9), and (K2-13). Furthermore, when these balances are valued, the second affinity groups are more preferably (K2-1) and (K2-3).

作為第1親和性基與第2親和性基的組合,存在各種組合,但較佳為包含羥基的第1親和性基與包含醚基或碳酸酯基的第2親和性基的組合。藉由將第1親和性基與第2親和性基設為所述組合,可充分地提高第1親和性基的極性,並可使第2親和性基的極性充分地低於第1親和性基的極性。因此,可進一步提昇提高液晶分子的配向限制力的效果與確保液晶組成物的保存穩定性的效果兩種效果。Various combinations exist as the combination of the first affinity group and the second affinity group, but a combination of the first affinity group containing a hydroxyl group and the second affinity group containing an ether group or a carbonate group is preferred. By setting the first affinity group and the second affinity group to the combination, the polarity of the first affinity group can be sufficiently increased, and the polarity of the second affinity group can be sufficiently lower than that of the first affinity group. Base polarity. Therefore, the two effects of the effect of increasing the alignment restricting force of the liquid crystal molecules and the effect of ensuring the storage stability of the liquid crystal composition can be further enhanced.

再者,第1親和性基及第2親和性基的個數可分別為一個,亦可為多個。藉由設定第1親和性基及第2親和性基的個數,可調整第1化合物及第2化合物對基板的固定力。The number of the first affinity group and the second affinity group may be one or more. By setting the number of the first affinity group and the second affinity group, the fixing force of the first compound and the second compound to the substrate can be adjusted.

另外,第1化合物及第2化合物較佳為分別包含至少一個聚合性基。藉由使聚合性基彼此聚合,可將第1化合物及第2化合物更牢固地固定於基板,並且亦可提高液晶分子的保持力。其結果,可防止或抑制液晶層自基板剝離。The first compound and the second compound each preferably contain at least one polymerizable group. By polymerizing the polymerizable groups, the first compound and the second compound can be more firmly fixed to the substrate, and the holding force of the liquid crystal molecules can also be improved. As a result, peeling of the liquid crystal layer from the substrate can be prevented or suppressed.

再者,聚合性基的個數可為一個,亦可為多個。藉由具有多個聚合性基,可提高第1化合物及第2化合物的交聯密度。因此,可將該些進一步牢固地固定於基板,並且亦可進一步提高液晶分子的保持力。In addition, the number of polymerizable groups may be one or plural. By having a plurality of polymerizable groups, the crosslinking density of the first compound and the second compound can be increased. Therefore, these can be further firmly fixed to the substrate, and the holding force of the liquid crystal molecules can be further improved.

此種聚合性基例如是選自下述通式(P-1)~通式(P-13)所表示的群組中。 [化7](式中,右端的黑點表示結合鍵)Such a polymerizable group is selected from the group represented by the following general formula (P-1) to (P-13), for example. [Chemical 7] (In the formula, the black dot on the right side represents the bonding key)

該些的聚合性基的反應性高,因此即便以較低的能量(例如,光能、熱能),亦可充分且確實地進行聚合。因此,於使第1化合物及第2化合物進行聚合時,可防止或抑制液晶分子受到不良影響而劣化的情況。 該些中,聚合性基較佳為式(P-1)~式(P-3)所示的基,更佳為式(P-1)及式(P-3)所示的基。Since these polymerizable groups have high reactivity, they can be sufficiently and reliably polymerized even with low energy (for example, light energy and thermal energy). Therefore, when the first compound and the second compound are polymerized, it is possible to prevent or suppress deterioration of the liquid crystal molecules due to adverse effects. Among these, the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by Formula (P-1) to Formula (P-3), and more preferably a group represented by Formula (P-1) and Formula (P-3).

第1化合物及第2化合物較佳為分別包含液晶原基(mesogen)。藉此,可以使極性較液晶原基高的第1親和性基及第2親和性基吸附於基板,並使極性低的液晶原基遠離基板的方式更確實地進行配置(配向)。 藉由第1化合物及第2化合物包含液晶原基,第1化合物及第2化合物與液晶分子的親和性變得更高。因此,可進一步提昇藉由第1化合物及第2化合物的液晶分子的配向限制力。The first compound and the second compound preferably each include a mesogen. Thereby, the first affinity group and the second affinity group having higher polarity than the liquid crystal original group can be adsorbed on the substrate, and the liquid crystal original group having low polarity can be more surely arranged (aligned) away from the substrate. When the first compound and the second compound contain a mesogen group, the affinity of the first compound and the second compound with the liquid crystal molecules becomes higher. Therefore, the alignment restraining force of the liquid crystal molecules by the first compound and the second compound can be further improved.

再者,第1親和性基、第2親和性基及聚合性基可分別直接鍵結於液晶原基,亦可經由與所述相同的間隔基來鍵結。另外,聚合性基所鍵結的液晶原基的位置並無特別限定,但較佳為接近第1親和性基或第2親和性基的位置。藉此,可於不對液晶分子的配向產生不良影響的情況下,使第1化合物及第2化合物進行聚合而更牢固地固定於基板上。進而,聚合性基較佳為相對於液晶原基而鍵結於側方。In addition, the first affinity group, the second affinity group, and the polymerizable group may be directly bonded to the mesogen, respectively, or may be bonded via the same spacer as described above. The position of the mesogen group to which the polymerizable group is bonded is not particularly limited, but it is preferably a position close to the first affinity group or the second affinity group. Thereby, the first compound and the second compound can be polymerized and more firmly fixed to the substrate without adversely affecting the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules. Furthermore, the polymerizable group is preferably bonded to the side with respect to the mesogen.

該液晶原基例如是由下述通式(i)所表示。 [化8] The mesogen is represented by the following general formula (i), for example. [Chemical 8]

式(i)中,左端的黑點及右端的黑點表示結合鍵, Ai1 表示二價的6員環芳香族基、二價的6員環雜芳香族基、二價的6員環脂肪族基或二價的6員環雜脂肪族基, 該些環結構中的氫原子可經鹵素原子、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的鹵化烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷氧基或者Pi1 -Spi1 -取代,此處,Pi1 表示選自所述通式(P-1)~通式(P-13)所表示的群組中的聚合性基,Spi1 表示與Zi1 相同的含義, Zi1 表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH2 -CH2 COO-、-OCOCH2 -CH2 -、-CH=C(CH3 )COO-、-OCOC(CH3 )=CH-、-CH2 -CH(CH3 )COO-、-OCOCH(CH3 )-CH2 -、-OCH2 CH2 O-或碳原子數2~20的伸烷基(其中,伸烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-、-COO-或-OCO-取代), mi1 表示1~5的整數, 於mi1 為2以上的情況下,多個Ai1 彼此可相同亦可不同。In formula (i), the black dots on the left and black dots on the right represent bonding bonds, and A i1 represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaromatic group, and a divalent 6-membered ring fat. Group or bivalent 6-membered ring heteroaliphatic group, the hydrogen atoms in these ring structures may be halogen atoms, straight or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and straight 1 to 10 carbon atoms. A chain or branched haloalkyl group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a P i1 -Sp i1 -substitution. Here, P i1 represents a group selected from the general formula (P-1) to (P-13) a group represented by the general formula polymerizable group, Sp i1 represents the same meaning as Z i1, Z i1 represents a single bond, -CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C -, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH = CHCOO-, -OCOCH = CH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 COO-, -OCOCH 2 -CH 2- , -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2 -, -OCH 2 CH 2 O- or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (wherein one of the alkylene groups or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -can pass through -O-, -COO- or -OCO-), m i1 represents 1 5 is the integer at least 2 m i1, A i1 plurality may be identical or different from each other.

較佳為式(i)中的Zi1 表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH2 -CH2 COO-、-OCOCH2 -CH2 -、-CH=C(CH3 )COO-、-OCOC(CH3 )=CH-、-CH2 -CH(CH3 )COO-、-OCOCH(CH3 )-CH2 -、-OCH2 CH2 O-或碳原子數2~20的直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基(其中,伸烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-取代)。Preferably, Z i1 in formula (i) represents a single bond, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CH = CHCOO-,- OCOCH = CH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 COO-, -OCOCH 2 -CH 2- , -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, or a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (one of the alkylene groups Or two or more -CH 2 -which are not adjacent may be substituted with -O-).

更佳為式(i)中的Zi1 表示單鍵、-COO-、-OCO-、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH2 -CH2 COO-、-OCOCH2 -CH2 -、-CH=C(CH3 )COO-、-OCOC(CH3 )=CH-、-CH2 -CH(CH3 )COO-、-OCOCH(CH3 )-CH2 -、-OCH2 CH2 O-、或碳原子數2~15的直鏈狀或分支狀的伸烷基(其中,伸烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-取代)。More preferably, Z i1 in formula (i) represents a single bond, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH = CHCOO-, -OCOCH = CH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 COO-, -OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, or a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms (wherein one of the alkylene groups or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -may be substituted with -O-) .

進而佳為式(i)中的Zi1 表示單鍵、-CH2 -CH2 COO-、-OCOCH2 -CH2 -、-CH=C(CH3 )COO-、-OCOC(CH3 )=CH-、-CH2 -CH(CH3 )COO-、-OCOCH(CH3 )-CH2 -、-OCH2 CH2 O-、或碳原子數2的伸烷基(伸乙基(-CH2 CH2 -))或者伸乙基中的-CH2 -的一個經-O-取代而成的基(-CH2 O-、-OCH2 -)、或者碳原子數3~13的直鏈狀伸烷基(其中,伸烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-取代)。Furthermore, it is preferable that Z i1 in formula (i) represents a single bond, -CH 2 -CH 2 COO-, -OCOCH 2 -CH 2- , -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, or an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms (ethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2- )) or a -O- substituted group (-CH 2 O-, -OCH 2- ) or -CH 2 -in an ethyl group, or a straight chain having 3 to 13 carbon atoms Shaped alkylene (wherein one or two or more of -CH 2 -which are not adjacent to each other may be substituted with -O-).

較佳為式(i)中的Ai1 表示二價的6員環芳香族基或二價的6員環脂肪族基。此處,作為所述二價的6員環芳香族基或二價的6員環脂肪族基,可列舉:二價的未經取代的6員環芳香族基、二價的未經取代的6員環脂肪族基或者該些環結構中的氫原子經鹵素原子、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的鹵化烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷氧基或者Pi1 -Spi1 -取代而成的基。此處,Pi1 表示選自所述通式(P-1)~通式(P-13)所表示的群組中的聚合性基,Spi1 表示與Zi1 相同的含義。Preferably, A i1 in formula (i) represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group or a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group. Here, examples of the divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group or the divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group include divalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aromatic groups and divalent unsubstituted 6-membered cycloaliphatic groups or hydrogen atoms in these ring structures via halogen atoms, straight or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, straight or branched halogenated alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, carbon atoms, a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 10 or P i1 -Sp i1 - substituted with group. Here, P i1 represents a polymerizable group selected from the group represented by the general formulae (P-1) to (P-13), and Sp i1 represents the same meaning as Z i1 .

該些中,式(i)中的Ai1 較佳為二價的未經取代的6員環芳香族基、環結構中的氫原子經鹵素原子(特別是氟原子)、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷氧基或者Pi1 -Spi1 -取代而成的二價的6員環芳香族基、二價的未經取代的6員環脂肪族基、環結構中的氫原子經鹵素原子(特別是氟原子)、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷氧基或者Pi1 -Spi1 -取代而成的二價的6員環脂肪族基,更佳為環結構中的氫原子可由鹵素原子(特別是氟原子)、所述烷基、所述烷氧基或Pi1 -Spi1 -取代而成的1,4-伸苯基、2,6-伸萘基或1,4-環己基。Among these, A i1 in formula (i) is preferably a bivalent unsubstituted 6-membered ring aromatic group, a hydrogen atom in the ring structure via a halogen atom (especially a fluorine atom), and a carbon number of 1 to 10 linear or branched alkyl group, a linear or branched carbon atoms having 1 to 10 alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 - substituted with a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent non- Substituted 6-membered cycloaliphatic group, hydrogen atom in ring structure via halogen atom (especially fluorine atom), straight or branched alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, straight chain with 1 to 10 carbon atoms Or branched alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 -substituted bivalent 6-membered cycloaliphatic group, more preferably a hydrogen atom in the ring structure may be a halogen atom (especially a fluorine atom), the alkyl group the alkoxy or P i1 -Sp i1 - substituted by 1,4-phenylene, 2,6-naphthyl or stretch 1,4-cyclohexyl.

再者,mi1 較佳為表示2~5的整數,更佳為表示2~4的整數。 另外,通式(i)所表示的液晶原基可於重複單元-(Ai1 -Zi1 )-的中途包含三價及四價中的任一分支結構、或者三價及四價中的任一脂肪族或芳香族的環結構。該情況下,第1化合物及第2化合物分別以整體的形式具有分支結構。In addition, m i1 is preferably an integer representing 2 to 5, and more preferably an integer representing 2 to 4. In addition, the mesogenic group represented by the general formula (i) may include any of trivalent and tetravalent branch structures, or any of trivalent and tetravalent, in the middle of the repeating unit-(A i1 -Z i1 )-. An aliphatic or aromatic ring structure. In this case, the first compound and the second compound each have a branched structure as a whole.

進而,第1化合物及第2化合物較佳為分別包含鍵結於液晶原基的與第1親和性基或第2親和性基的相反側的末端基。包含末端基的第1化合物及第2化合物容易以使親和性基吸附於基板並使親和性基以外的其他部分遠離基板的方式進行配置(配向)。Furthermore, the first compound and the second compound preferably each include a terminal group opposite to the first affinity group or the second affinity group, which is bonded to the mesogen group. The first compound and the second compound including a terminal group are easily arranged (alignment) such that the affinity group is adsorbed on the substrate and the other parts than the affinity group are away from the substrate.

作為所述末端基,例如可列舉:碳原子數1~40的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~40的直鏈或分支的鹵化烷基(其中,烷基或鹵化烷基中的-CH2 -可經-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-或-OCO-取代,但-O-不連續)或者直接或經由間隔基而鍵結於液晶原基的聚合性基。Examples of the terminal group include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and a straight-chain or branched halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. -CH 2 -can be substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -NH-, -COO- or -OCO-, but -O- is discontinuous) or directly or via a spacer A polymerizable group bonded to a mesogen.

再者,聚合性基及間隔基分別與所述的聚合性基及間隔基相同。藉由第1化合物及第2化合物各自包含聚合性基作為末端基,可進一步提高第1化合物及第2化合物的交聯密度,可進一步提昇液晶層中的液晶分子的保持力。The polymerizable group and the spacer are the same as those described above. When each of the first compound and the second compound contains a polymerizable group as a terminal group, the crosslink density of the first compound and the second compound can be further increased, and the holding power of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer can be further improved.

作為第1化合物的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(PJ-I-1)~式(PJ-I-45)的任一者所表示的化合物。Specific examples of the first compound include compounds represented by any one of the following formulae (PJ-I-1) to (PJ-I-45).

[化9] [Chemical 9]

[化10] [Chemical 10]

[化11] [Chemical 11]

[化12] [Chemical 12]

[化13] [Chemical 13]

[化14] [Chemical 14]

[化15] [Chemical 15]

[化16] [Chemical 16]

[化17] [Chemical 17]

另一方面,作為第2化合物的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(PJ-II-1)~式(PJ-II-18)的任一者所表示的化合物。On the other hand, as a specific example of a 2nd compound, the compound represented by any one of following formula (PJ-II-1)-(PJ-II-18) is mentioned, for example.

[化18] [Chemical 18]

[化19] [Chemical 19]

[化20] [Chemical 20]

[化21] [Chemical 21]

(液晶組成物) 本發明的液晶組成物含有配向助劑(第1化合物及第2化合物)與液晶分子,且介電常數各向異性(Δε)為負。 液晶分子較佳為包含選自下述通式(N-1)~通式(N-3)所表示的群組中的化合物。(Liquid Crystal Composition) The liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains an alignment aid (the first compound and the second compound) and liquid crystal molecules, and has a negative dielectric anisotropy (Δε). The liquid crystal molecule preferably contains a compound selected from the group represented by the following general formula (N-1) to general formula (N-3).

[化22] [Chemical 22]

通式(N-1)、通式(N-2)及通式(N-3)中,RN11 、RN12 、RN21 、RN22 、RN31 及RN32 分別獨立地表示碳原子數1~8的烷基(其中,烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -分別獨立地可由-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代)。In General Formula (N-1), General Formula (N-2), and General Formula (N-3), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31, and R N32 each independently represent the number of carbon atoms 1 ~ 8 alkyl groups (wherein one of the alkyl groups or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -are independently independently selected from -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-,- COO- or -OCO-).

AN11 、AN12 、AN21 、AN22 、AN31 及AN32 分別獨立地表示選自由 (a)1,4-伸環己基(其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH2 -或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可被取代為-O-)、 (b)1,4-伸苯基(其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=)、 (c)萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或十氫萘-2,6-二基(其中,存在於萘-2,6-二基或1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=)、及 (d)1,4-伸環己烯基 所組成的群組中的基, 所述基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及基(d)分別獨立地可經氰基、氟原子或氯原子取代。A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 each independently represent a group selected from (a) 1,4-cyclohexyl (wherein one of the groups -CH 2 -or not Two or more adjacent -CH 2 -may be substituted with -O-), (b) 1,4-phenylene (wherein one of the groups -CH = or two or more adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =), (c) naphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or decahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl (wherein one of the naphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl is -CH = or two or more adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =), and (d) a group in the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenyl, the group (a), the group (b), the group (c) The radical (d) may be independently substituted by a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, respectively.

另外,ZN11 、ZN12 、ZN21 、ZN22 、ZN31 及ZN32 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2 CH2 -、-(CH2 )4 -、-OCH2 -、-CH2 O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF2 -、-CF2 O-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-或-C≡C-, XN21 表示氫原子或氟原子, TN31 表示-CH2 -或氧原子。In addition, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31, and Z N32 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O -, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, or -C≡C-, X N21 means A hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom.

nN11 、nN12 、nN21 、nN22 、nN31 及nN32 分別獨立地表示0~3的整數,但nN11 +nN12 、nN21 +nN22 及nN31 +nN32 分別獨立地為1、2或3, 於AN11 ~AN32 、ZN11 ~ZN32 分別存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同。n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently 1 , 2 or 3, when there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 respectively, these may be the same as or different from each other.

通式(N-1)、通式(N-2)及通式(N-3)的任一化合物較佳為Δε為負且其絕對值大於3的化合物。The compound of any one of the general formula (N-1), the general formula (N-2), and the general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound in which Δε is negative and its absolute value is greater than 3.

通式(N-1)、通式(N-2)及通式(N-3)中,RN11 、RN12 、RN21 、RN22 、RN31 及RN32 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~8的烷基、碳原子數1~8的烷氧基、碳原子數2~8的烯基或碳原子數2~8的烯氧基,更佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數1~5的烷氧基、碳原子數2~5的烯基或碳原子數2~5的烯氧基,進而佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,特佳為碳原子數2~5的烷基或碳原子數2~3的烯基,最佳為碳原子數3的烯基(丙烯基)。In the general formula (N-1), the general formula (N-2), and the general formula (N-3), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31, and R N32 are preferably each independently carbon. Alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms Alkyl group, alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group or carbon having 1 to 5 carbon atoms The alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably an alkenyl group (propenyl group) having 3 carbon atoms.

另外,RN11 、RN12 、RN21 、RN22 、RN31 及RN32 於該些所鍵結的環結構為苯基(芳香族)的情況下,較佳為直鏈狀的碳原子數1~5的烷基、直鏈狀的碳原子數1~4的烷氧基及碳原子數4~5的烯基,於該些所鍵結的環結構為環己烷、吡喃及二噁烷等飽和的環結構的情況下,較佳為直鏈狀的碳原子數1~5的烷基、直鏈狀的碳原子數1~4的烷氧基及直鏈狀的碳原子數2~5的烯基。為了使向列相穩定化,碳原子及存在的情況下的氧原子的合計較佳為5以下,且較佳為直鏈狀。When R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31, and R N32 are bonded to each other as a phenyl (aromatic) ring structure, the number of linear carbon atoms is preferably 1 ~ 5 alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, and the ring structures to which these are bonded are cyclohexane, pyran, and dioxane In the case of a saturated ring structure such as an alkane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear carbon number 2 are preferred. ~ 5 alkenyl. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms when present is preferably 5 or less, and more preferably linear.

烯基較佳為選自式(R1)~式(R5)的任一者所表示的基中。 [化23](各式中的黑點表示結合鍵)The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the group represented by any one of the formulae (R1) to (R5). [Chemical 23] (The black dots in each formula indicate the bond)

為了增大Δn,AN11 、AN12 、AN21 、AN22 、AN31 及AN32 較佳為分別獨立地為芳香族基,為了改善響應速度,AN11 、AN12 、AN21 、AN22 、AN31 及AN32 較佳為分別獨立地為脂肪族基。 所述芳香族基或脂肪族基較佳為表示反式-1,4-伸環己基、1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-1,4-伸苯基、3-氟-1,4-伸苯基、3,5-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、2,3-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己烯基、1,4-雙環[2.2.2]伸辛基、哌啶-1,4-二基、萘-2,6-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基或1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基,更佳為表示下述化24的結構,進而佳為表示反式-1,4-伸環己基、1,4-伸環己烯基或1,4-伸苯基。In order to increase Δn, A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are preferably independently aromatic groups. In order to improve the response speed, A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are preferably each independently an aliphatic group. The aromatic or aliphatic group preferably represents trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3-fluoro-1, 4-phenylene, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexenyl, 1,4- Bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl, piperidine-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decalin-2,6-diyl, or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro The naphthalene-2,6-diyl group more preferably represents a structure of the following Chem. 24, and further preferably represents trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,4-cyclohexenyl, or 1,4-cyclohexyl Phenyl.

[化24] [Chemical 24]

ZN11 、ZN12 、ZN21 、ZN22 、ZN31 及ZN32 較佳為分別獨立地表示-CH2 O-、-CF2 O-、-CH2 CH2 -、-CF2 CF2 -或單鍵,進而佳為-CH2 O-、-CH2 CH2 -或單鍵,特佳為-CH2 O-或單鍵。 XN21 較佳為氟原子。 TN 3 1 較佳為氧原子。Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31, and Z N32 preferably each independently represent -CH 2 O-, -CF 2 O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 CF 2 -or A single bond, further preferably -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -or a single bond, and particularly preferably -CH 2 O- or a single bond. X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom. T N 3 1 is preferably an oxygen atom.

nN11 +nN12 、nN21 +nN22 及nN31 +nN32 較佳為分別獨立地為1或2,更佳為nN11 為1且nN12 為0的組合、nN11 為2且nN12 為0的組合、nN11 為1且nN12 為1的組合、nN11 為2且nN12 為1的組合、nN21 為1且nN22 為0的組合、nN21 為2且nN22 為0的組合、nN31 為1且nN32 為0的組合、nN31 為2且nN32 為0的組合。n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each preferably independently 1 or 2, more preferably a combination of n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, n N11 is 2 and n N12 A combination of 0, a combination of n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, a combination of n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1, a combination of n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, a combination of n N21 is 2 and n N22 is 0 A combination of n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, a combination of n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、10質量%以上、20質量%以上、30質量%以上、40質量%以上、50質量%以上、55質量%以上、60質量%以上、65質量%以上、70質量%以上、75質量%以上、80質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為95質量%以下、85質量%以下、75質量%以下、65質量%以下、55質量%以下、45質量%以下、35質量%以下、25質量%以下、20質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, and 40 mass%. Above, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 95% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less, 20 mass% or less.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、10質量%以上、20質量%以上、30質量%以上、40質量%以上、50質量%以上、55質量%以上、60質量%以上、65質量%以上、70質量%以上、75質量%以上、80質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為95質量%以下、85質量%以下、75質量%以下、65質量%以下、55質量%以下、45質量%以下、35質量%以下、25質量%以下、20質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, and 40 mass%. Above, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 95% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less, 20 mass% or less.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-3)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、10質量%以上、20質量%以上、30質量%以上、40質量%以上、50質量%以上、55質量%以上、60質量%以上、65質量%以上、70質量%以上、75質量%以上、80質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為95質量%以下、85質量%以下、75質量%以下、65質量%以下、55質量%以下、45質量%以下、35質量%以下、25質量%以下、20質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass Above, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 95% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less, 20 mass% or less.

於需要將液晶組成物的黏度保持得低、且響應速度快的液晶組成物的情況下,較佳為所述下限值低且上限值低。進而,於需要將液晶組成物的向列相-各向同性液體相轉移溫度(Tni)保持得高、且溫度穩定性佳的液晶組成物的情況下,較佳為所述下限值低且上限值低。另外,於為了將驅動電壓保持得低而欲增大介電常數各向異性時,較佳為提高所述下限值且上限值高。In the case where a liquid crystal composition having a low viscosity and a fast response speed is required, the lower limit value and the upper limit value are preferably lower. Furthermore, when it is necessary to maintain a liquid crystal composition in which the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) of the liquid crystal composition is high and the temperature stability is high, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit is high. The value is low. In addition, when it is desired to increase the dielectric constant anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to increase the lower limit value and the upper limit value to be high.

可列舉下述通式(N-1a)~通式(N-1g)所表示的化合物群組作為通式(N-1)所表示的化合物。As a compound represented by general formula (N-1), the compound group represented by the following general formula (N-1a)-general formula (N-1g) is mentioned.

[化25] [Chemical 25]

式(N-1a)~式(N-1g)中,RN11 及RN12 表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義,nNa11 表示0或1,nNb11 表示0或1,nNc11 表示0或1,nNd11 表示0或1,nNe11 表示1或2,nNf11 表示1或2,nNg11 表示1或2,AN e 11 表示反式-1,4-伸環己基或1,4-伸苯基,ANg11 表示反式-1,4-伸環己基、1,4-伸環己烯基或1,4-伸苯基,但至少一個表示1,4-伸環己烯基,ZN e 11 表示單鍵或伸乙基,但至少一個表示伸乙基。In the formulae (N-1a) to (N-1g), R N11 and R N12 represent the same meanings as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, and n Nb11 represents 0 or 1, n Nc11 means 0 or 1, n Nd11 means 0 or 1, n Ne11 means 1 or 2, n Nf11 means 1 or 2, n Ng11 means 1 or 2, A N e 11 means trans-1,4 -Cyclohexyl or 1,4-phenylene, A Ng11 represents trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,4-cyclohexenyl or 1,4-phenylene, but at least one represents 1 , 4-cyclohexenyl, Z N e 11 represents a single bond or ethylene, but at least one represents ethylene.

更具體而言,通式(N-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(N-1-1)~通式(N-1-21)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 通式(N-1-1)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化26](式中,RN1 1 1 及RN1 1 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)More specifically, the compound represented by general formula (N-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21). The compound represented by General formula (N-1-1) is a following compound. [Chemical 26] (In the formula, R N1 1 1 and R N1 1 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 1 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為丙基、戊基或乙烯基。RN1 12 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 1 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group. R N1 12 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.

通式(N-1-1)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略少,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If the content is set slightly smaller, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-1)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、33質量%以上、35質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%, more than 23 mass%, more than 25 mass%, more than 27 mass%, more than 30 mass%, more than 33 mass%, and more than 35 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less, 6 mass% or less, 5 Mass% or less, 3 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-1.1)~式(N-1-1.22)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-1.1)~式(N-1-1.4)所表示的化合物,進而佳為式(N-1-1.1)及式(N-1-1.3)所表示的化合物。Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22), and more preferably The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) are more preferably compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-1.1) and (N-1-1.3).

[化27] [Chemical 27]

式(N-1-1.1)~式(N-1-1.22)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,亦可加以組合而使用。 相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-1.1)~式(N-1-1.22)所表示的化合物(單獨或併用)的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、33質量%以上、35質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下。The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) represented by the formula (N-1-1.1) to the formula (N-1-1.22) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more and 10% by mass % Or more, 13% or more, 15% or more, 17% or more, 20% or more, 23% or more, 25% or more, 27% or more, 30% or more, 33% or more, 35% or more %the above. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less, 6 mass% or less, 5 Mass% or less, 3 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-2)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化28](式中,RN1 2 1 及RN1 2 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-2) is a following compound. [Chemical 28] (In the formula, R N1 2 1 and R N1 2 2 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 2 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基、丁基或戊基。RN1 22 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為甲基、丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基或丙氧基。R N1 2 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl, butyl, or pentyl. R N1 22 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably methyl, propyl, methoxy, Ethoxy or propoxy.

通式(N-1-2)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略少,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly smaller, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、33質量%以上、35質量%以上、37質量%以上、40質量%以上、42質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、48質量%以下、45質量%以下、43質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 Mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, 37 mass% or more, 40 Above mass%, above 42 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 48% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 43% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33 Mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 Mass% or less, 7 mass% or less, 6 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-2)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-2.1)~式(N-1-2.22)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-2.3)~式(N-1-2.7)、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)、式(N-1-2.13)及式(N-1-2.20)所表示的化合物。 再者,於重視Δε的改良的情況下,較佳為式(N-1-2.3)~式(N-1-2.7)所表示的化合物,於重視Tni的改良的情況下,較佳為式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)及式(N-1-2.13)所表示的化合物,於重視響應速度的改良的情況下,較佳為式(N-1-2.20)所表示的化合物。Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22), and more preferably Formula (N-1-2.3) to Formula (N-1-2.7), Formula (N-1-2.10), Formula (N-1-2.11), Formula (N-1-2.13), and Formula (N-1 -2.20). When the improvement of Δε is emphasized, compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-2.3) to (N-1-2.7) are preferred, and when the improvement of Tni is emphasized, the formula is preferably The compounds represented by (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11), and (N-1-2.13) are preferably formula (N-1-2.20) in the case where improvement of response speed is important. ).

[化29] [Chemical 29]

式(N-1-2.1)~式(N-1-2.22)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,亦可加以組合而使用。 相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-2.1)~式(N-1-2.22)所表示的化合物(單獨或併用)的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、33質量%以上、35質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下。The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-2.1) to (N-1-2.22) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (single or combined) represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more and 10 mass % Or more, 13% or more, 15% or more, 17% or more, 20% or more, 23% or more, 25% or more, 27% or more, 30% or more, 33% or more, 35% or more %the above. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less, 6 mass% or less, 5 Mass% or less, 3 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-3)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化30](式中,RN1 3 1 及RN1 3 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-3) is a following compound. [Chemical 30] (In the formula, R N1 3 1 and R N1 3 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 3 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 32 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數3~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為1-丙烯基、乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 3 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 32 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1-propenyl, ethoxy, or propyl Oxy or butoxy.

通式(N-1-3)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-3)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-3)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.21)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.7)及式(N-1-3.21)所表示的化合物,進而佳為式(N-1-3.1)、式(N-1-3.2)、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及式(N-1-3.6)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by general formula (N-1-3) is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by Formula (N-1-3.1)-Formula (N-1-3.21), More preferably, The compounds represented by formulae (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and (N-1-3.21) are further preferably formulae (N-1-3.1) and (N-1-3.2) ), A compound represented by formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4), and formula (N-1-3.6).

[化31] [Chemical 31]

式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)及式(N-1-3.21)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,亦可加以組合而使用,但較佳為式(N-1-3.1)及式(N-1-3.2)的組合、選自式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及式(N-1-3.6)中的兩種或三種的組合。The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), (N-1-3.6), and (N-1-3.21) may be used alone or in combination. , But is preferably a combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), selected from formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4), and formula (N-1 -3.6) two or three combinations.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)及式(N-1-3.21)所表示的化合物(單獨或併用)的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。Compounds represented by formulae (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), (N-1-3.6), and (N-1-3.21) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition (alone or The lower limit of the preferable content is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, and 20 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-4)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化32](式中,RN1 4 1 及RN1 4 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-4) is a following compound. [Chemical 32] (In the formula, R N1 4 1 and R N1 4 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 4 1 及RN1 4 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為甲基、丙基、乙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 4 1 and R N1 4 2 are each preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably Methyl, propyl, ethoxy or butoxy.

通式(N-1-4)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略少,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If the content is set slightly smaller, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-4)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、11質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13 More than mass%, more than 15 mass%, more than 17 mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 11 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-4)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-4.1)~式(N-1-4.14)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-4.1)~式(N-1-4.4)所表示的化合物,進而佳為式(N-1-4.1)、式(N-1-4.2)及式(N-1-4.4)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (N-1-4) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-4.1) to formula (N-1-4.14), and more preferably The compounds represented by formulae (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4) are further preferably formulae (N-1-4.1), (N-1-4.2), and (N-1-4.4) ).

[化33] [Chemical 33]

式(N-1-4.1)~式(N-1-4.14)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,亦可加以組合而使用。 相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-4.1)~式(N-1-4.14)所表示的化合物(單獨或併用)的較佳含量的下限值為3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、11質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下。The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (single or combined) represented by formula (N-1-4.1) to formula (N-1-4.14) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more and 5% by mass % Or more, 7% or more, 10% or more, 13% or more, 15% or more, 17% or more, or 20% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 11 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-5)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化34](式中,RN1 5 1 及RN1 5 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-5) is a following compound. [Chem 34] (In the formula, R N1 5 1 and R N1 5 2 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 5 1 及RN1 5 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。R N1 5 1 and R N1 5 2 are each preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably Ethyl, propyl or butyl.

通式(N-1-5)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略少,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to solubility at low temperature, if the content is set slightly smaller, the effect is high. If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-5)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、8質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 8 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 More than mass%, more than 17 mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18 Mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-5)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-5.1)~式(N-1-5.6)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及式(N-1-5.4)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-5.1) to (N-1-5.6), and more preferably Compounds represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2), and formula (N-1-5.4).

[化35] [Chemical 35]

式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及式(N-1-5.4)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,亦可加以組合而使用。 相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及式(N-1-5.4)所表示的化合物(單獨或併用)的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、8質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2), and the formula (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (single or combined) represented by formula (N-1-5.1), formula (N-1-5.2), and formula (N-1-5.4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition The values are 5 mass% or more, 8 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, and 20 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18 Mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-10)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化36](式中,RN1 10 1 及RN1 10 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound. [Chemical 36] (In the formula, R N1 10 1 and R N1 10 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 10 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基、丁基、乙烯基或1-丙烯基。RN1 102 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 10 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl, butyl, vinyl, or 1-propenyl. R N1 102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-10)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為本發明的一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment of the present invention, the types of compounds used are one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略高,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略高,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to solubility at low temperature, if the content is set slightly higher, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly higher, the effect is higher. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-10)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-10)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-10.1)~式(N-1-10.14)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-10.1)~式(N-1-10.5)所表示的化合物,進而佳為式(N-1-10.1)及式(N-1-10.2)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (N-1-10) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1) to formula (N-1-10.14), and more preferably The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5) are further preferably the compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-10.1) and (N-1-10.2).

[化37] [Chemical 37]

式(N-1-10.1)及式(N-1-10.2)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,亦可加以組合而使用。 相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-10.1)及式(N-1-10.2)所表示的化合物(單獨或併用)的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The compounds represented by formula (N-1-10.1) and formula (N-1-10.2) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more and 10% by mass % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-11)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化38](式中,RN1 11 1 及RN1 11 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-11) is a following compound. [Chemical 38] ( Wherein R N1 11 1 and R N1 11 2 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1))

RN1 11 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基、丁基、乙烯基或1-丙烯基。RN1 112 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 11 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl, butyl, vinyl, or 1-propenyl. R N1 112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-11)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略低,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略高,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。When the improvement of Δε is valued, the content is preferably set slightly higher. When the solubility at low temperature is valued, the content is set lower, the effect is high. When the value of Tni is valued, if If you set the content slightly higher, the effect is higher. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-11)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (N-1-11) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-11)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-11.1)~式(N-1-11.14)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-11.2)及式(N-1-11.4)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by general formula (N-1-11) is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by Formula (N-1-11.1)-Formula (N-1-11.14), More preferably, Compounds represented by formula (N-1-11.2) and formula (N-1-11.4).

[化39] [Chemical 39]

式(N-1-11.2)及式(N-1-11.4)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,亦可加以組合而使用。 相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-11.2)及式(N-1-11.4)所表示的化合物(單獨或併用)的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The compounds represented by formula (N-1-11.2) and formula (N-1-11.4) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound (alone or in combination) represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5% by mass or more and 10% by mass % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-12)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化40](式中,RN1 12 1 及RN1 12 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-12) is a following compound. [Chemical 40] (In the formula, R N1 12 1 and R N1 12 2 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 12 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 122 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 12 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-12)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-12)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-13)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化41](式中,RN1 13 1 及RN1 13 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound. [Chemical 41] (In the formula, R N1 13 1 and R N1 13 2 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 13 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 132 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 13 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy, or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-13)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-13)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-14)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化42](式中,RN1 14 1 及RN1 14 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound. [Chemical 42] (In the formula, R N1 14 1 and R N1 14 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 14 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 142 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 14 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy, or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-14)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為本發明的一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment of the present invention, the types of compounds used are one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-14)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-15)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化43](式中,RN1 15 1 及RN1 15 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-15) is a following compound. [Chemical 43] (In the formula, R N1 15 1 and R N1 15 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 15 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 152 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 15 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 152 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-15)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-15)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-16)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化44](式中,RN1 16 1 及RN1 16 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) is the following compound. [Chemical 44] (In the formula, R N1 16 1 and R N1 16 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 16 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 1 6 2 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 16 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 1 6 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or Butoxy.

通式(N-1-16)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-16)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-17)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化45](式中,RN1 17 1 及RN1 17 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) is the following compound. [Chemical 45] (In the formula, R N1 17 1 and R N1 17 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 17 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 172 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1 17 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 172 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy, or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-17)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-17)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-18)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化46](式中,RN1 18 1 及RN1 18 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (N-1-18) is a following compound. [Chemical 46] (In the formula, R N1 18 1 and R N1 18 2 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1181 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基或丁基。RN1 182 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,更佳為乙氧基、丙氧基或丁氧基。R N1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl. R N1 182 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethoxy, propoxy, or butoxy base.

通式(N-1-18)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-18)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-18)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-18.1)~式(N-1-18.5)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-18.1)~式(N-1-18.3)所表示的化合物,進而佳為式(N-1-18.2)及式(N-1-18.3)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by general formula (N-1-18) is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by Formula (N-1-18.1)-Formula (N-1-18.5), More preferably, The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-18.3) are more preferably compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-18.2) and (N-1-18.3).

[化47] [Chemical 47]

通式(N-1-20)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化48](式中,RN1 20 1 及RN1 20 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound. [Chemical 48] (In the formula, R N1 20 1 and R N1 20 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 20 1 及RN1 20 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。R N1 20 1 and R N1 20 2 are each preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl.

通式(N-1-20)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-20)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-21)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化49](式中,RN1 21 1 及RN1 21 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound. [Chemical 49] (In the formula, R N1 21 1 and R N1 21 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 21 1 及RN1 21 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。R N1 21 1 and R N1 21 2 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.

通式(N-1-21)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-21)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 5 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(N-1-22)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化50](式中,RN1 22 1 及RN1 22 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-1)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) is the following compound. [Chemical 50] (In the formula, R N1 22 1 and R N1 22 2 each independently have the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)

RN1 22 1 及RN1 22 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為乙基、丙基或丁基。R N1 22 1 and R N1 22 2 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group.

通式(N-1-22)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-22) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. If you set the content slightly more, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-1-21)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為35質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、5質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15 More than mass%, more than 17 mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 Mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-1-22)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-1-22.1)~式(N-1-22.12)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(N-1-22.1)~式(N-1-22.5)所表示的化合物,進而佳為式(N-1-22.1)~式(N-1-22.4)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by general formula (N-1-22) is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by Formula (N-1-22.1)-Formula (N-1-22.12), More preferably, The compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5) are further preferably the compounds represented by the formulae (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.4).

[化51] [Chemical 51]

通式(N-3)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(N-3-2)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化52](式中,RN 32 1 及RN 32 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(N-3)中的RN11 及RN12 相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (N-3-2). [Chemical 52] (In the formula, R N 32 1 and R N 32 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-3).)

RN 32 1 及RN 32 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,更佳為丙基或戊基。R N 32 1 and R N 32 2 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group or an pentyl group.

通式(N-3-2)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (N-3-2) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視Δε的改善的情況下,較佳為將含量設定得略高,於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,於重視Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略少,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case of attaching importance to the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content slightly higher. In the case of attaching importance to the solubility at low temperature, if the content is set to be slightly larger, the effect is high. In the case of attaching importance to Tni, If the content is set slightly smaller, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(N-3-2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為3質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、33質量%以上、35質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15 More than mass%, more than 17 mass%, more than 20 mass%, more than 23 mass%, more than 25 mass%, more than 27 mass%, more than 30 mass%, more than 33 mass%, and more than 35 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, 8 mass% or less, 7 mass% or less, 6 mass% or less, 5 Mass% or less.

進而,通式(N-3-2)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(N-3-2.1)~式(N-3-2.3)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化53] Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by General formula (N-3-2) is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by Formula (N-3-2.1)-Formula (N-3-2.3). [Chem 53]

液晶分子亦可包含下述通式(L)所表示的化合物。 [化54] The liquid crystal molecule may include a compound represented by the following general formula (L). [Chemical 54]

式(L)中,RL1 及RL2 分別獨立地表示碳原子數1~8的烷基(其中,烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -分別獨立地可由-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代), nL1 表示0、1、2或3。In the formula (L), R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (wherein one of the alkyl groups or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -are each independently selected from -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO-)), n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.

AL1 、AL2 及AL3 分別獨立地表示選自由 (a)1,4-伸環己基(其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH2 -或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可被取代為-O-)、 (b)1,4-伸苯基(其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=)、及 (c)萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或十氫萘-2,6-二基(其中,存在於萘-2,6-二基或1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=) 所組成的群組中的基, 所述基(a)、基(b)及基(c)分別獨立地可經氰基、氟原子或氯原子取代。A L1 , A L2 and A L3 each independently represent a group selected from (a) 1,4-cyclohexyl (wherein one of the groups -CH 2 -or two or more -CH 2 which are not adjacent to each other) -May be substituted with -O-), (b) 1,4-phenylene (wherein one -CH = present in the group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted with- N =), and (c) naphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl (wherein, One of the naphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted as- The groups in the group consisting of N =), and the groups (a), (b), and (c) may be independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom, or a chlorine atom, respectively.

ZL1 及ZL2 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2 CH2 -、-(CH2 )4 -、-OCH2 -、-CH2 O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF2 -、-CF2 O-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-或-C≡C-, 於nL 1 為2或3且AL 2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於nL 1 為2或3且ZL 2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,通式(N-1)、通式(N-2)及通式(N-3)所表示的化合物除外。Z L1 and Z L2 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, or -C≡C-, when n L 1 is 2 or 3 and there are multiple A L 2 In the following, these may be the same as or different from each other. When n L 1 is 2 or 3 and there are multiple Z L 2 , these may be the same or different from each other. General formula (N-1), general formula ( N-2) and compounds represented by general formula (N-3) are excluded.

通式(L)所表示的化合物相當於介電性大致為中性的化合物(Δε的值為-2~2)。通式(L)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可加以組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所期望的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種。或者於另一實施形態中為兩種、三種、四種、五種、六種、七種、八種、九種、十種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (L) corresponds to a compound having a substantially neutral dielectric property (the value of Δε is -2 to 2). The compounds represented by the general formula (L) may be used alone, but may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with desired properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, one kind of compound is used. Or in another embodiment, there are two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten or more.

液晶組成物中所含的通式(L)所表示的化合物的量需要對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率、製程適應性、滴加痕跡、殘像、介電常數各向異性等所要求的性能來適宜調整。The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L) contained in the liquid crystal composition needs to correspond to solubility at low temperature, transfer temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, traces of dripping, afterimage, and medium. The required performance such as the anisotropy of the electric constant is appropriately adjusted.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、10質量%以上、20質量%以上、30質量%以上、40質量%以上、50質量%以上、55質量%以上、60質量%以上、65質量%以上、70質量%以上、75質量%以上、80質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為95質量%以下、85質量%以下、75質量%以下、65質量%以下、55質量%以下、45質量%以下、35質量%以下、25質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass, 55% by mass, 60% by mass, 65% by mass, 70% by mass, 75% by mass, 80% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 95% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 25 Mass% or less.

於需要將液晶組成物的黏度保持得低、且響應速度快的液晶組成物的情況下,較佳為所述下限值高且上限值高。進而,於需要將液晶組成物的Tni保持得高、且溫度穩定性佳的液晶組成物的情況下,較佳為所述下限值高且上限值高。另外,於為了將驅動電壓保持得低而欲增大介電常數各向異性時,較佳為降低所述下限值且上限值低。In the case where a liquid crystal composition that needs to keep the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition low and has a fast response speed, it is preferable that the lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Furthermore, when a liquid crystal composition in which the Tni of the liquid crystal composition is required to be kept high and the temperature stability is good, it is preferable that the lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. In addition, when it is desired to increase the dielectric constant anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable to lower the lower limit value and lower the upper limit value.

於重視可靠性的情況下,RL1 及RL2 較佳為均為烷基,於重視減少化合物的揮發性的情況下,RL1 及RL2 較佳為均為烷氧基,於重視黏性的下降的情況下,至少一者較佳為烯基。 存在於分子內的鹵素原子較佳為0個、1個、2個或3個,更佳為0個或1個,於重視與其他液晶分子的相容性的情況下,較佳為1個。In the case of reliability, R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups. In the case of reducing the volatility of compounds, R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkoxy groups. In the case of a decrease, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group. The number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably zero, one, two, or three, more preferably zero or one, and in the case where compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules is important, one is preferred. .

RL1 及RL2 於其所鍵結的環結構為苯基(芳香族)的情況下,較佳為直鏈狀的碳原子數1~5的烷基、直鏈狀的碳原子數1~4的烷氧基及碳原子數4~5的烯基,於其所鍵結的環結構為環己烷、吡喃及二噁烷等飽和的環結構的情況下,較佳為直鏈狀的碳原子數1~5的烷基、直鏈狀的碳原子數1~4的烷氧基及直鏈狀的碳原子數2~5的烯基。為了使向列相穩定化,碳原子及存在的情況下的氧原子的合計較佳為5以下,且較佳為直鏈狀。When the ring structure to which R L1 and R L2 are bonded is phenyl (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a linear carbon number 1 to 1 are preferred. The alkoxy group of 4 and the alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferably linear when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran, and dioxane. Alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms when present is preferably 5 or less, and more preferably linear.

烯基較佳為選自式(R1)~式(R5)的任一者所表示的基中。 [化55](各式中的黑點表示結合鍵)The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the group represented by any one of the formulae (R1) to (R5). [Chem 55] (The black dots in each formula indicate the bond)

於重視響應速度的情況下,nL 1 較佳為0,為了改善向列相的上限溫度,nL 1 較佳為2或3,為了取得該些的平衡,nL 1 較佳為1。另外,為了滿足作為液晶組成物而要求的特性,較佳為將不同值的化合物加以組合。When the response speed is important, n L 1 is preferably 0. In order to improve the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, n L 1 is preferably 2 or 3. In order to achieve these balances, n L 1 is preferably 1. In addition, in order to satisfy the characteristics required as a liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to combine compounds having different values.

於要求增大Δn的情況下,AL1 、AL2 及AL3 較佳為芳香族,為了改善響應速度,AL1 、AL2 及AL3 較佳為脂肪族,且較佳為分別獨立地表示反式-1,4-伸環己基、1,4-伸苯基、2-氟-1,4-伸苯基、3-氟-1,4-伸苯基、3,5-二氟-1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己烯基、1,4-雙環[2.2.2]伸辛基、哌啶-1,4-二基、萘-2,6-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基或1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基,更佳為表示下述化56的結構,進而佳為表示反式-1,4-伸環己基或1,4-伸苯基。In the case where it is required to increase Δn, A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are preferably aromatic. In order to improve the response speed, A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are preferably aliphatic, and are preferably expressed independently. Trans-1,4-cyclohexyl, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3,5-difluoro- 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexenyl, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl, piperidine-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl , Decalin-2,6-diyl, or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, more preferably a structure represented by the following formula 56, and even more preferably trans-1 , 4-cyclohexyl or 1,4-phenylene.

[化56] [Chemical 56]

於重視響應速度的情況下,ZL 1 及ZL 2 較佳為單鍵。 通式(L)所表示的化合物較佳為分子內的鹵素原子數為0個或1個。 通式(L)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(L-1)~通式(L-7)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。When the response speed is important, Z L 1 and Z L 2 are preferably single bonds. The compound represented by the general formula (L) preferably has zero or one halogen atom in the molecule. The compound represented by general formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (L-1) to general formula (L-7).

通式(L-1)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化57](式中,RL1 1 及RL1 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的RL 1 及RL 2 相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (L-1) is the following compound. [Chemical 57] (In the formula, R L1 1 and R L1 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R L 1 and R L 2 in the general formula (L).)

RL11 及RL12 較佳為直鏈狀的碳原子數1~5的烷基、直鏈狀的碳原子數1~4的烷氧基及直鏈狀的碳原子數2~5的烯基。R L11 and R L12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .

通式(L-1)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、15質量%以上、20質量%以上、25質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上、40質量%以上、45質量%以上、50質量%以上、55質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為95質量%以下、90質量%以下、85質量%以下、80質量%以下、75質量%以下、70質量%以下、65質量%以下、60質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、25質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass%. Above, 10% by mass, 15% by mass, 20% by mass, 25% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, 40% by mass, 45% by mass, 50% by mass, 55% by mass the above. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, 80% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 60 Mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 50 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less.

於需要將液晶組成物的黏度保持得低、且響應速度快的液晶組成物的情況下,較佳為所述下限值高且上限值高。進而,於需要將液晶組成物的Tni保持得高、且溫度穩定性佳的液晶組成物的情況下,較佳為所述下限值適度且上限值適度。另外,於為了將驅動電壓保持得低而欲增大介電常數各向異性時,較佳為所述下限值低且上限值低。In the case where a liquid crystal composition that needs to keep the viscosity of the liquid crystal composition low and has a fast response speed, it is preferable that the lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Furthermore, when a liquid crystal composition in which the Tni of the liquid crystal composition is required to be kept high and the temperature stability is good, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. In addition, when it is desired to increase the dielectric constant anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, the lower limit value and the upper limit value are preferably low.

通式(L-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(L-1-1)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化58](式中RL 1 2 表示與通式(L-1)中的含義相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (L-1-1). [Chem 58] (Wherein R L 1 2 represents the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1))

通式(L-1-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-1-1.1)~式(L-1-1.3)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(L-1-1.2)或式(L-1-1.3)所表示的化合物,特佳為式(L-1-1.3)所表示的化合物。The compound represented by general formula (L-1-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-1.1) to formula (L-1-1.3), and more preferably formula ( The compound represented by L-1-1.2) or formula (L-1-1.3) is particularly preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-1.3).

[化59] [Chemical 59]

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-1.3)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7 More than 10% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5 Mass% or less, 3 mass% or less.

通式(L-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(L-1-2)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化60](式中RL 1 2 表示與通式(L-1)中的含義相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (L-1-2). [Chemical 60] (Wherein R L 1 2 represents the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1))

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為60質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、42質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%, more than 23 mass%, more than 25 mass%, more than 27 mass%, more than 30 mass%, and more than 35 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 42% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35 Mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less.

進而,通式(L-1-2)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-1-2.1)~式(L-1-2.4)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(L-1-2.2)~式(L-1-2.4)所表示的化合物。特別是式(L-1-2.2)所表示的化合物尤其改善液晶組成物的響應速度,故較佳。另外,於要求較響應速度更高的Tni時,較佳為使用式(L-1-2.3)或式(L-1-2.4)所表示的化合物。 再者,為了使低溫下的溶解度變佳,液晶組成物中所含的式(L-1-2.3)及式(L-1-2.4)所表示的化合物的量設為30質量%以上是欠佳的。Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by general formula (L-1-2) is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by Formula (L-1-2.1)-Formula (L-1-2.4), More preferably, Compounds represented by formula (L-1-2.2) to formula (L-1-2.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is particularly preferable because it improves the response speed of the liquid crystal composition. When Tni having a higher response speed is required, it is preferable to use a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) or (L-1-2.4). In addition, in order to improve the solubility at a low temperature, the amount of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) and the formula (L-1-2.4) contained in the liquid crystal composition is insufficient to be 30% by mass or more. Good.

[化61] [Chem 61]

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-2.2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為10質量%以上、15質量%以上、18質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、33質量%以上、35質量%以上、38質量%以上、40質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為60質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、43質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、32質量%以下、30質量%以下、27質量%以下、25質量%以下、22質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 18% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23 More than mass%, more than 25 mass%, more than 27 mass%, more than 30 mass%, more than 33 mass%, more than 35 mass%, more than 38 mass%, and more than 40 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 43% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35 Mass% or less, 32 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 27 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 22 mass% or less.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-2.3)所表示的化合物及式(L-1-2.4)所表示的化合物的合計的較佳含量的下限值為10質量%以上、15質量%以上、20質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上、40質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為60質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、43質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、32質量%以下、30質量%以下、27質量%以下、25質量%以下、22質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable total content of the compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and the compound represented by formula (L-1-2.4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 10% by mass or more, 15 More than mass%, more than 20% by mass, more than 25% by mass, more than 27% by mass, more than 30% by mass, more than 35% by mass, and more than 40% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 43% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35 Mass% or less, 32 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 27 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 22 mass% or less.

通式(L-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(L-1-3)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化62](式中RL 1 3 及RL 1 4 分別獨立地表示碳原子數1~8的烷基、碳原子數1~8的烷氧基或碳原子數2~8的烯基)The compound represented by general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (L-1-3). [Chem 62] (Wherein R L 1 3 and R L 1 4 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms)

RL 1 3 及RL 1 4 較佳為分別獨立地為直鏈狀的碳原子數1~5的烷基、直鏈狀的碳原子數1~4的烷氧基或直鏈狀的碳原子數2~5的烯基。R L 1 3 and R L 1 4 are each preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear carbon. Alkenyl having 2 to 5 atoms.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-3)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、30質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為60質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、40質量%以下、37質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、27質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、17質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15 More than mass%, more than 17 mass%, more than 20 mass%, more than 23 mass%, more than 25 mass%, and more than 30 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 37% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33 Mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 27 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 17 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, and 10 mass% or less.

進而,通式(L-1-3)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-1-3.1)~式(L-1-3.13)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)或式(L-1-3.4)所表示的化合物。特別是式(L-1-3.1)所表示的化合物尤其改善液晶組成物的響應速度,故較佳。另外,於要求較響應速度更高的Tni時,較佳為使用式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及式(L-1-3.12)所表示的化合物。 再者,為了使低溫下的溶解度變佳,液晶組成物中所含的式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及式(L-1-3.12)所表示的化合物的合計量設為20質量%以上是欠佳的。Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-1-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1) to formula (L-1-3.13), and more preferably The compound represented by a formula (L-1-3.1), a formula (L-1-3.3), or a formula (L-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is particularly preferable because it improves the response speed of the liquid crystal composition. In addition, when Tni having a higher response speed is required, it is preferable to use the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11), and the formula (L-1- 3.12). Furthermore, in order to improve the solubility at low temperature, the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11), and the formula (L- 1-3.12) It is not preferable that the total amount of the compound represented is 20% by mass or more.

[化63] [Chem 63]

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-3.1)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、18質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、17質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7 More than mass%, more than 10% by mass, more than 13% by mass, more than 15% by mass, more than 18% by mass, and more than 20% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6 Mass% or less.

通式(L-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(L-1-4)及/或通式(L-1-5)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化64](式中RL 1 5 及RL 1 6 分別獨立地表示碳原子數1~8的烷基、碳原子數1~8的烷氧基或碳原子數2~8的烯基)The compound represented by general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (L-1-4) and / or general formula (L-1-5). [Chemical 64] (Wherein R L 1 5 and R L 1 6 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms)

RL 1 5 及RL 1 6 較佳為分別獨立地為直鏈狀的碳原子數1~5的烷基、直鏈狀的碳原子數1~4的烷氧基或直鏈狀的碳原子數2~5的烯基。R L 1 5 and R L 1 6 are each preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a linear carbon. Alkenyl having 2 to 5 atoms.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-4)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、17質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15 More than mass%, more than 17 mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-5)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、17質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15 More than mass%, more than 17 mass%, more than 20 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.

進而,通式(L-1-4)及通式(L-1-5)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-1-4.1)~式(L-1-4.3)及式(L-1-5.1)~式(L-1-5.3)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(L-1-4.2)或式(L-1-5.2)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by general formula (L-1-4) and general formula (L-1-5) is selected from Formula (L-1-4.1)-Formula (L-1-4.3), and Formula ( The compound in the compound group represented by L-1-5.1) to formula (L-1-5.3) is more preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-4.2) or formula (L-1-5.2).

[化65] [Chem 65]

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-4.2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、18質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、17質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7 More than mass%, more than 10% by mass, more than 13% by mass, more than 15% by mass, more than 18% by mass, and more than 20% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6 Mass% or less.

較佳為將選自式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及式(L-1-3.12)所表示的化合物中的兩種以上的化合物組合,更佳為將選自式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)及式(L-1-4.2)所表示的化合物中的兩種以上的化合物組合。Preferably, it is selected from the group consisting of formula (L-1-1.3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), and formula (L-1-3.4) And a combination of two or more compounds among the compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12), more preferably selected from the group consisting of formula (L-1-1.3) and formula (L- 1-2.2), two or more of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and formula (L-1-4.2) Compound combination.

相對於液晶組成物總量的該些化合物的較佳合計含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、13質量%以上、15質量%以上、18質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、33質量%以上、35質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳合計含量的上限值為80質量%以下、70質量%以下、60質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、40質量%以下、37質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下、28質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable total content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, and 10 mass% or more. 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 18% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more . On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred total content is 80% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 37% by mass or less, 35 mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 28 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.

於重視液晶組成物的可靠性的情況下,較佳為將選自式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)及式(L-1-3.4)所表示的化合物中的兩種以上的化合物組合,於重視液晶組成物的響應速度的情況下,較佳為將選自式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)所表示的化合物中的兩種以上的化合物組合。In the case where the reliability of the liquid crystal composition is important, it is preferable to select a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1), (L-1-3.3), and (L-1-3.4) In a combination of two or more compounds, when the response speed of the liquid crystal composition is important, two compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formula (L-1-1.3) and formula (L-1-2.2) are preferred. The above compounds are combined.

通式(L-1)所表示的化合物較佳為選自通式(L-1-6)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化66](式中RL 1 7 及RL 1 8 分別獨立地表示甲基或氫原子)The compound represented by general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (L-1-6). [Chemical 66] (Wherein R L 1 7 and R L 1 8 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom)

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-1-6)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、5質量%以上、10質量%以上、15質量%以上、17質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為60質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、42質量%以下、40質量%以下、38質量%以下、35質量%以下、33質量%以下、30質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17 More than mass%, more than 20 mass%, more than 23 mass%, more than 25 mass%, more than 27 mass%, more than 30 mass%, and more than 35 mass%. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 42% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35 Mass% or less, 33 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less.

進而,通式(L-1-6)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-1-6.1)~式(L-1-6.3)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物。 [化67] Furthermore, it is preferable that the compound represented by general formula (L-1-6) is a compound chosen from the compound group represented by Formula (L-1-6.1)-Formula (L-1-6.3). [Chemical 67]

通式(L-2)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化68](式中,RL2 1 及RL2 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的RL 1 及RL 2 相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (L-2) is the following compound. [Chemical 68] (In the formula, R L2 1 and R L2 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R L 1 and R L 2 in the general formula (L).)

RL2 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,RL22 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基。R L2 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L22 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

通式(L-2)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (L-2) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

於重視低溫下的溶解性的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,相反地於重視響應速度的情況下,若將含量設定得略少,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。When the solubility at a low temperature is valued, the effect is high if the content is set to be slightly larger, and when the content is set to be slightly lower, the effect is high. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass%. Above 10% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5 Mass% or less, 3 mass% or less.

進而,通式(L-2)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-2.1)~式(L-2.6)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(L-2.1)、式(L-2.3)、式(L-2.4)及式(L-2.6)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-2.1) to formula (L-2.6), and more preferably formula (L-2.1) , Compounds represented by formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6).

[化69] [Chemical 69]

通式(L-3)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化70](式中,RL31 及RL32 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的RL1 及RL2 相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (L-3) is the following compound. [Chem 70] (In the formula, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)

RL 31 及RL 32 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基。R L 31 and R L 32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

通式(L-3)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-3)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下、7質量%以下、6質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass%. Above 10% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5 Mass% or less, 3 mass% or less.

於獲得高的雙折射率的情況下,若將含量設定得略多,則效果高,相反地於重視高的Tni的情況下,若將含量設定得略少,則效果高。進而,於改良滴加痕跡或殘像特性的情況下,較佳為將含量的範圍設定為中間。In the case where a high birefringence is obtained, the effect is high if the content is set to be slightly more, and in the case where high Tni is valued, the effect is high if the content is set to be less. Furthermore, in the case where the dripping trace or afterimage characteristics are improved, it is preferable to set the range of the content to be intermediate.

進而,通式(L-3)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-3.1)~式(L-3.7)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,更佳為式(L-3.2)~式(L-3.7)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-3.1) to formula (L-3.7), and more preferably formula (L-3.2) To a compound represented by formula (L-3.7).

[化71] [Chemical 71]

通式(L-4)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化72](式中,RL4 1 及RL4 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的RL 1 及RL 2 相同的含義)The compound represented by General formula (L-4) is a following compound. [Chemical 72] (In the formula, R L4 1 and R L4 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R L 1 and R L 2 in the general formula (L).)

RL41 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,RL42 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基。R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L42 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or Alkoxy having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

通式(L-4)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

液晶組成物中,通式(L-4)所表示的化合物的含量需要對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率、製程適應性、滴加痕跡、殘像、介電常數各向異性等所要求的性能來適宜調整。In the liquid crystal composition, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) needs to correspond to solubility at low temperature, transfer temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, traces of dripping, afterimage, and medium. The required performance such as the anisotropy of the electric constant is appropriately adjusted.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-4)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、14質量%以上、16質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、26質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上、40質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、20質量%以下、15質量%以下、10質量%以下、5質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass%. Above, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, 40% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 5 Mass% or less.

通式(L-4)所表示的化合物例如較佳為式(L-4.1)~式(L-4.3)所表示的化合物。 [化73] The compound represented by general formula (L-4) is, for example, preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) to formula (L-4.3). [Chemical 73]

對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能,亦可含有式(L-4.1)所表示的化合物,亦可含有式(L-4.2)所表示的化合物,亦可含有式(L-4.1)所表示的化合物與式(L-4.2)所表示的化合物兩者,亦可全部包含式(L-4.1)~式(L-4.3)所表示的化合物。Corresponding to the properties required for solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., it may contain a compound represented by the formula (L-4.1), or it may contain a compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) The compound may include both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2), or may include all the compounds represented by the formula (L-4.1) to (L-4.3) .

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-4.1)或式(L-4.2)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、9質量%以上、11質量%以上、12質量%以上、13質量%以上、18質量%以上、21質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為45質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) or the formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 9 Mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, and 21 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18 Mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.

於含有式(L-4.1)所表示的化合物與式(L-4.2)所表示的化合物兩者的情況下,相對於液晶組成物總量的兩化合物的較佳含量的下限值為15質量%以上、19質量%以上、24質量%以上、30質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為45質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。When both of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) are contained, the lower limit of the preferable content of the two compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 15 masses. % Or more, 19% by mass or more, 24% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18 Mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(L-4)所表示的化合物例如較佳為式(L-4.4)~式(L-4.6)所表示的化合物,更佳為式(L-4.4)所表示的化合物。 [化74] The compound represented by general formula (L-4) is, for example, a compound represented by formula (L-4.4) to formula (L-4.6), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.4). [Chemical 74]

對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能,亦可含有式(L-4.4)所表示的化合物,亦可含有式(L-4.5)所表示的化合物,亦可含有式(L-4.4)所表示的化合物與式(L-4.5)所表示的化合物兩者。Corresponding to the properties required for solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., it may contain a compound represented by formula (L-4.4), and may also contain a compound represented by formula (L-4.5) The compound may contain both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5).

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-4.4)或式(L-4.5)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、9質量%以上、11質量%以上、12質量%以上、13質量%以上、18質量%以上、21質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為45質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 9 Mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, and 21 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18 Mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.

於含有式(L-4.4)所表示的化合物與式(L-4.5)所表示的化合物兩者的情況下,相對於液晶組成物總量的兩化合物的較佳含量的下限值為15質量%以上、19質量%以上、24質量%以上、30質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為45質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下。When both of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) are contained, the lower limit of the preferable content of the two compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 15 masses. % Or more, 19% by mass or more, 24% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18 Mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less.

通式(L-4)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-4.7)~式(L-4.10)所表示的化合物,特佳為式(L-4.9)所表示的化合物。 [化75] The compound represented by general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.7) to formula (L-4.10), and particularly preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.9). [Chemical 75]

通式(L-5)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化76](式中,RL5 1 及RL5 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的RL 1 及RL 2 相同的含義)The compound represented by general formula (L-5) is the following compound. [Chemical 76] (In the formula, R L5 1 and R L5 2 each independently have the same meaning as R L 1 and R L 2 in the general formula (L).)

RL5 1 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,RL52 較佳為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數4~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基。R L5 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L52 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms. Or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

通式(L-5)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

液晶組成物中,通式(L-5)所表示的化合物的含量需要對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率、製程適應性、滴加痕跡、殘像、介電常數各向異性等所要求的性能來適宜調整。In the liquid crystal composition, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) needs to correspond to solubility at low temperature, transfer temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process adaptability, traces of dripping, afterimage, and medium. The required performance such as the anisotropy of the electric constant is appropriately adjusted.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-5)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、14質量%以上、16質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、26質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上、40質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、20質量%以下、15質量%以下、10質量%以下、5質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass%. Above, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, 40% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 5 Mass% or less.

通式(L-5)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-5.1)或式(L-5.2)所表示的化合物,特佳為式(L-5.1)所表示的化合物。 [化77] The compound represented by general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-5.1) or formula (L-5.2), and particularly preferably a compound represented by formula (L-5.1). [Chemical 77]

相對於液晶組成物總量的該些化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、9質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 9% by mass or less.

通式(L-5)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-5.3)或式(L-5.4)所表示的化合物。 [化78] The compound represented by general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-5.3) or formula (L-5.4). [Chem. 78]

相對於液晶組成物總量的該些化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、9質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 9% by mass or less.

通式(L-5)所表示的化合物較佳為選自式(L-5.5)~式(L-5.7)所表示的化合物群組中的化合物,特佳為式(L-5.7)所表示的化合物。 [化79] The compound represented by general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-5.5) to formula (L-5.7), and particularly preferably represented by formula (L-5.7) compound of. [Chem. 79]

相對於液晶組成物總量的該些化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、9質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 9% by mass or less.

通式(L-6)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化80](式中,RL6 1 及RL6 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的RL 1 及RL 2 相同的含義,XL6 1 及XL6 2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或氟原子)The compound represented by General formula (L-6) is a following compound. [Chemical 80] (In the formula, R L6 1 and R L6 2 each independently have the same meaning as R L 1 and R L 2 in the general formula (L), and X L6 1 and X L6 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )

RL6 1 及RL6 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基或碳原子數2~5的烯基,較佳為XL6 1 及XL6 2 中的一者為氟原子,另一者為氫原子。R L6 1 and R L6 2 are preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L6 1 and X L6 2 is preferably fluorine. Atom, the other is a hydrogen atom.

通式(L-6)所表示的化合物亦可單獨使用,但亦可將兩種以上的化合物組合而使用。可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來適宜組合而使用。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種、五種以上。The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) may be used alone, but two or more compounds may be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they can be used in appropriate combinations in accordance with the required properties such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. For example, as one embodiment, the type of the compound used is one, two, three, four, five or more.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-6)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、14質量%以上、16質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、26質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上、40質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為50質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、20質量%以下、15質量%以下、10質量%以下、5質量%以下。 再者,於將重點放在增大Δn的情況下,較佳為增多含量,於將重點放在低溫下的析出的情況下,較佳為含量少。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass%. Above, 10% by mass, 14% by mass, 16% by mass, 20% by mass, 23% by mass, 26% by mass, 30% by mass, 35% by mass, 40% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 5 Mass% or less. When the emphasis is placed on increasing Δn, the content is preferably increased, and when the focus is on precipitation at a low temperature, the content is preferably small.

通式(L-6)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-6.1)~式(L-6.9)所表示的化合物。 [化81] The compound represented by general formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-6.1) to formula (L-6.9). [Chemical 81]

可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但較佳為自該些化合物中含有一種~三種,進而佳為含有一種~四種。另外,所選擇的化合物的分子量分佈寬廣亦對於溶解性而言有效,因此較佳為例如自式(L-6.1)或式(L-6.2)所表示的化合物中選擇一種化合物,自式(L-6.4)或式(L-6.5)所表示的化合物中選擇一種化合物,自式(L-6.6)或式(L-6.7)所表示的化合物中選擇一種化合物,自式(L-6.8)或式(L-6.9)所表示的化合物中選擇一種化合物,並將該些適宜組合。其中,較佳為包含式(L-6.1)、式(L-6.3)、式(L-6.4)、式(L-6.6)及式(L-6.9)所表示的化合物。The types of compounds that can be combined are not particularly limited, but it is preferable to contain one to three kinds of these compounds, and it is more preferable to contain one to four kinds. In addition, a wide molecular weight distribution of the selected compound is also effective for solubility. Therefore, it is preferable to select one compound from the compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) or (L-6.2), for example, from the formula (L -6.4) or a compound represented by the formula (L-6.5), and a compound selected from the compounds represented by the formula (L-6.6) or (L-6.7), the formula (L-6.8) or One compound is selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-6.9), and these are appropriately combined. Among these, the compound represented by Formula (L-6.1), Formula (L-6.3), Formula (L-6.4), Formula (L-6.6), and Formula (L-6.9) is preferable.

進而,通式(L-6)所表示的化合物例如較佳為式(L-6.10)~式(L-6.17)所表示的化合物,其中更佳為式(L-6.11)所表示的化合物。Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-6) is, for example, a compound represented by formula (L-6.10) to formula (L-6.17), and a compound represented by formula (L-6.11) is more preferred.

[化82] [Chem 82]

相對於液晶組成物總量的該些化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為20質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、9質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass% or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 9% by mass or less.

通式(L-7)所表示的化合物為下述化合物。 [化83](式中,RL7 1 及RL7 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的RL 1 及RL 2 相同的含義,AL7 1 及AL7 2 分別獨立地表示與通式(L)中的AL 2 及AL 3 相同的含義,但AL7 1 及AL7 2 上的氫原子分別獨立地可由氟原子取代,ZL7 1 表示與通式(L)中的ZL 2 相同的含義,XL7 1 及XL7 2 分別獨立地表示氟原子或氫原子)The compound represented by General formula (L-7) is a following compound. [Chemical 83] (In the formula, R L7 1 and R L7 2 each independently represent the same meaning as R L 1 and R L 2 in the general formula (L), and A L7 1 and A L7 2 each independently represent the same as the general formula (L A L 2 and A L 3 in) have the same meaning, but the hydrogen atoms on A L7 1 and A L7 2 can be independently substituted by fluorine atoms, and Z L7 1 represents the same as Z L 2 in general formula (L). Meaning, X L7 1 and X L7 2 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom)

式中,RL7 1 及RL7 2 較佳為分別獨立地為碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數2~5的烯基或碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,AL7 1 及AL7 2 較佳為分別獨立地為1,4-伸環己基或1,4-伸苯基,AL7 1 及AL7 2 上的氫原子分別獨立地可由氟原子取代,ZL7 1 較佳為單鍵或COO-,更佳為單鍵,XL7 1 及XL7 2 較佳為氫原子。In the formula, R L7 1 and R L7 2 are preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and A L7 1 and A L7 2 are preferably independently 1,4-cyclohexyl or 1,4-phenylene, and the hydrogen atoms on A L7 1 and A L7 2 may be independently substituted by fluorine atoms, and Z L7 1 It is preferably a single bond or COO-, more preferably a single bond, and X L7 1 and X L7 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom.

可組合的化合物的種類並無特別限制,但對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率等所要求的性能來組合。例如作為一個實施形態,所使用的化合物的種類為一種、兩種、三種、四種。The types of compounds that can be combined are not particularly limited, but are combined in accordance with the properties required for solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, and the like. For example, as one embodiment, the types of compounds used are one, two, three, and four.

液晶組成物中所含的通式(L-7)所表示的化合物的量需要對應於低溫下的溶解性、轉移溫度、電氣可靠性、雙折射率、製程適應性、滴加痕跡、殘像、介電常數各向異性等所要求的性能來適宜調整。The amount of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) contained in the liquid crystal composition needs to correspond to solubility at low temperature, transfer temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, drop marks, and afterimages. , Dielectric anisotropy and other required properties to adjust appropriately.

相對於液晶組成物總量的式(L-7)所表示的化合物的較佳含量的下限值為1質量%以上、2質量%以上、3質量%以上、5質量%以上、7質量%以上、10質量%以上、14質量%以上、16質量%以上、20質量%以上。 另一方面,所述較佳含量的上限值為30質量%以下、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、10質量%以下、5質量%以下。The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is 1 mass% or more, 2 mass% or more, 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, and 7 mass%. Above 10% by mass, above 14% by mass, above 16% by mass, above 20% by mass. On the other hand, the upper limit of the preferred content is 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 5 Mass% or less.

於液晶組成物期望高的Tni的情況下,較佳為將式(L-7)所表示的化合物的含量設為略多,於期望低黏度的液晶組成物的情況下,較佳為將含量設為略少。When the liquid crystal composition is expected to have a high Tni, it is preferable to set the content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) to be slightly more. When a liquid crystal composition having a low viscosity is desired, the content is preferably increased. Set to slightly less.

進而,通式(L-7)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-7.1)~式(L-7.4)所表示的化合物,更佳為式(L-7.2)所表示的化合物。 [化84] Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.1) to formula (L-7.4), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.2). [Chemical 84]

進而,通式(L-7)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-7.11)~式(L-7.13)所表示的化合物,更佳為式(L-7.11)所表示的化合物。 [化85] Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.11) to formula (L-7.13), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.11). [Chemical 85]

進而,通式(L-7)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-7.21)~式(L-7.23)所表示的化合物,更佳為式(L-7.21)所表示的化合物。 [化86] Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.21) to formula (L-7.23), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.21). [Chem. 86]

進而,通式(L-7)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-7.31)~式(L-7.34)所表示的化合物,更佳為式(L-7.31)或/及式(L-7.32)所表示的化合物。 [化87] Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.31) to formula (L-7.34), and more preferably formula (L-7.31) or / and formula (L- 7.32). [Chemical 87]

進而,通式(L-7)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-7.41)~式(L-7.44)所表示的化合物,更佳為式(L-7.41)或/及式(L-7.42)所表示的化合物。 [化88] Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.41) to formula (L-7.44), and more preferably formula (L-7.41) or / and formula (L- 7.42). [Chem 88]

進而,通式(L-7)所表示的化合物較佳為式(L-7.51)~式(L-7.53)所表示的化合物。 [化89] Furthermore, the compound represented by general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-7.51) to formula (L-7.53). [Chem 89]

本發明的液晶組成物亦可進而含有聚合性化合物。作為聚合性化合物,可列舉各種化合物,但較佳為包含下述通式(P)所表示的化合物的至少一種。 [化90] The liquid crystal composition of the present invention may further contain a polymerizable compound. Although various compounds can be mentioned as a polymerizable compound, Preferably it contains at least 1 sort (s) of the compound represented by following General formula (P). [Chemical 90]

式(P)中,Zp1 表示氟原子、氰基、氫原子、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烷基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烷氧基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烯基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烯氧基或-Spp2 -Rp2In the formula (P), Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, and a carbon atom having 1 hydrogen atom in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted. to 15 alkoxy group, a hydrogen atom may be substituted with halogen atoms, carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a halogen atom carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 -Sp P2 - R p2 .

Rp1 及Rp2 分別表示下述式(R-I)~式(R-IX)的任一者。 [化91](式中, 藉由*而與Spp1 或Spp2 鍵結, R2 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1個~5個的烷基或碳原子數1個~5個的鹵化烷基, W表示單鍵、-O-或亞甲基, T表示單鍵或-COO-, p、t及q分別獨立地表示0、1或2)R p1 and R p2 each represent any one of the following formulae (RI) to (R-IX). [Chemical 91] (In the formula, by bonding with Sp p1 or Sp p2 by *, R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Halogenated alkyl, W represents a single bond, -O- or methylene, T represents a single bond or -COO-, p, t and q each independently represent 0, 1 or 2)

Spp1 及Spp2 分別表示間隔基, Lp1 及Lp2 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CH2 -、-OCH2 -、-CH2 O-、-CO-、-C2 H4 -、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH2 -、-CH2 OCOO-、-OCH2 CH2 O-、-CO-NRa -、-NRa -CO-、-SCH2 -、-CH2 S-、-CH=CRa -COO-、-CH=CRa -OCO-、-COO-CRa =CH-、-OCO-CRa =CH-、-COO-CRa =CH-COO-、-COO-CRa =CH-OCO-、-OCO-CRa =CH-COO-、-OCO-CRa =CH-OCO-、-(CH2 )z -C(=O)-O-、-(CH2 )z -O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2 )z -、-(C=O)-O-(CH2 )z -、-CH2 (CH3 )C-C(=O)-O-、-CH2 (CH3 )C-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-C(CH3 )CH2 、-(C=O)-O-C(CH3 )-CH2 、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF2 -、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、-CF2 CH2 -、-CH2 CF2 -、-CF2 CF2 -或-C≡C-(其中,式中,Ra 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳原子數1~4的烷基,z表示1~4的整數)。Sp p1 and Sp p2 each represent a spacer, and L p1 and L p2 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOOCH 2- , -CH 2 OCOO-, -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, -CO-NR a- , -NR a -CO-, -SCH 2- , -CH 2 S-, -CH = CR a -COO-, -CH = CR a -OCO-, -COO-CR a = CH-, -OCO-CR a = CH-, -COO-CR a = CH-COO-, -COO-CR a = CH-OCO-, -OCO-CR a = CH-COO-, -OCO-CR a = CH-OCO-,-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O ) -O-,-(CH 2 ) z -O- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z -,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z- , -CH 2 (CH 3 ) CC (= O) -O-, -CH 2 (CH 3 ) CO- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O) -C (CH 3 ) CH 2 ,-(C = O) -OC (CH 3 ) -CH 2 , -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -CF = CH-, -CH = CF-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CF 2- , -CF 2 CF 2- , or -C≡C- (wherein, R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or carbon An alkyl group having 1 to 4 atoms, and z represents an integer of 1 to 4).

Mp2 表示1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、蒽-2,6-二基、菲-2,7-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、萘-2,6-二基、二氫茚-2,5-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基或單鍵,Mp2 未經取代或者可經碳原子數1~12的烷基、碳原子數1~12的鹵化烷基、碳原子數1~12的烷氧基、碳原子數1~12的鹵化烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基或-Rp1 取代。M p2 represents 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexyl, anthracene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, indane-2,5-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,3-dioxane Alkane-2,5-diyl or single bond, M p2 is unsubstituted or can pass through an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms Group, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, or -R p1 .

Mp1 表示下述式(i-11)~式(ix-11)的任一者。 [化92](式中,藉由*而與Spp1 鍵結,藉由**而與Lp1 、Lp 2 或Zp1 鍵結)M p1 represents any one of the following formulae (i-11) to (ix-11). [Chemical 92] (In the formula, it is bonded to Sp p1 by * and L p1 , L p 2, or Z p1 by **)

Mp3 表示下述式(i-13)~式(ix-13)的任一者。 [化93](式中,藉由*而與Zp1 鍵結,藉由**而與Lp 2 鍵結)M p3 represents any one of the following formulae (i-13) to (ix-13). [Chemical 93] (In the formula, it is bonded to Z p1 by *, and L p 2 by **)

mp2 ~mp4 分別獨立地表示0、1、2或3, mp1 及mp5 分別獨立地表示1、2或3, 於Zp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Rp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Rp2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Spp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Spp2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Lp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Mp2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同。m p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3, m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, and when there are multiple Z p1 , these may be the same or different from each other In the case where there is a plurality of R p1 , these may be the same or different from each other. In the case where there is a plurality of R p2 , these may be the same or different from each other. In the case where there is a plurality of Sp p1 , the these may be the same or different from each other, in a case where there are a plurality of Sp p2, the plurality may be identical or different from each other, in a case where there are a plurality of L p1, the plurality may be identical or different from each other, present in the M p2 In a plurality of cases, these may be the same as or different from each other.

液晶組成物除含有配向助劑(第1化合物及第2化合物)以外,進而含有聚合性化合物,藉此可較佳地形成液晶分子的預傾角。 再者,液晶組成物較佳為不含有於分子內具有過酸(-CO-OO-)結構等氧原子彼此鍵結而成的結構的化合物。The liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable compound in addition to the alignment aid (the first compound and the second compound), whereby the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules can be preferably formed. The liquid crystal composition is preferably a compound that does not contain a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (-CO-OO-) structure are bonded to each other.

於重視液晶組成物的可靠性及長期穩定性的情況下,較佳為將相對於液晶組成物總量的具有羰基的化合物的含量設為5質量%以下,更佳為設為3質量%以下,進而佳為設為1質量%以下,最佳為實質上不含有。When the reliability and long-term stability of the liquid crystal composition are important, the content of the compound having a carbonyl group with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 3% by mass or less. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 1 mass% or less, and it is most preferable that it does not contain substantially.

於重視UV照射的穩定性的情況下,較佳為將相對於液晶組成物總量的取代有氯原子的化合物的含量設為15質量%以下,更佳為設為10質量%以下,進而佳為設為8質量%以下,尤佳為設為5質量%以下,特佳為設為3質量%以下,最佳為實質上不含有。When the stability of UV irradiation is important, the content of the compound substituted with a chlorine atom with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably The content is preferably 8% by mass or less, particularly preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and most preferably not substantially contained.

較佳為使分子內的環結構均為6員環的化合物的含量變多,且較佳為將相對於液晶組成物總量的分子內的環結構均為6員環的化合物的含量設為80質量%以上,更佳為設為90質量%以上,進而佳為設為95質量%以上,最佳為實質上設為100質量%。It is preferable to increase the content of a compound having a six-membered ring structure in the molecule, and it is preferable to set the content of a compound having a six-membered ring structure to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition. 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, still more preferably 95% by mass or more, and most preferably substantially 100% by mass.

為了抑制液晶組成物的氧化導致的劣化,較佳為使具有伸環己烯基作為環結構的化合物的含量變少,且較佳為將相對於液晶組成物總量的具有伸環己烯基的化合物的含量設為10質量%以下,更佳為設為8質量%以下,進而佳為設為5質量%以下,特佳為設為3質量%以下,最佳為實質上不含有。In order to suppress the deterioration caused by oxidation of the liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to reduce the content of the compound having a cyclohexenyl group as a ring structure, and it is preferable to reduce the content of the compound having a cyclohexenyl group to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition. The content of the compound is 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and most preferably not substantially contained.

於重視黏度的改善及Tni的改善的情況下,較佳為使分子內具有氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的2-甲基苯-1,4-二基的化合物的含量變少,且較佳為將相對於液晶組成物總量的於分子內具有2-甲基苯-1,4-二基的化合物的含量設為10質量%以下,更佳為設為8質量%以下,進而佳為設為5質量%以下,特佳為設為3質量%以下,最佳為實質上不含有。When the improvement of viscosity and the improvement of Tni are emphasized, it is preferred that the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in which a hydrogen atom can be replaced with a halogen atom is reduced, and The content of the compound having 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, and further preferably The content is preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or less, and most preferably not substantially contained.

本說明書中,所謂液晶組成物實質上不含有「化合物X」,是指不超過液晶組成物無意地(不可避免地)所含的量而含有「化合物X」。As used herein, the term "liquid crystal composition does not substantially contain" compound X "means that" compound X "is contained in an amount that is not inadvertently (inevitably) contained in the liquid crystal composition.

液晶組成物的平均彈性常數(KAVG )的較佳下限值為10以上、10.5以上、11以上、11.5以上、12以上、12.3以上、12.5以上、12.8以上、13以上、13.3以上、13.5以上、13.8以上、14以上、14.3以上、14.5以上、14.8以上、15以上、15.3以上、15.5以上、15.8以上、16以上、16.3以上、16.5以上、16.8以上、17以上、17.3以上、17.5以上、17.8以上、18以上。The lower limit of the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is preferably 10 or more, 10.5 or more, 11 or more, 11.5 or more, 12 or more, 12.3 or more, 12.5 or more, 12.8 or more, 13 or more, 13.3 or more, and 13.5 or more. , 13.8 or more, 14 or more, 14.3 or more, 14.5 or more, 14.8 or more, 15 or more, 15.3 or more, 15.5 or more, 15.8 or more, 16 or more, 16.3 or more, 16.5 or more, 16.8 or more, 17 or more, 17.3 or more, 17.5 or more, 17.8 Above, 18 and above.

另一方面,液晶組成物的平均彈性常數(KAVG )的較佳上限值為25以下、24.5以下、24以下、23.5以下、23以下、22.8以下、22.5以下、22.3以下、22以下、21.8以下、21.5以下、21.3以下、21以下、20.8以下、20.5以下、20.3以下、20以下、19.8以下、19.5以下、19.3以下、19以下、18.8以下、18.5以下、18.3以下、18以下、17.8以下、17.5以下、17.3以下、17以下。On the other hand, the preferable upper limit of the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition is 25 or less, 24.5 or less, 24 or less, 23.5 or less, 23 or less, 22.8 or less, 22.5 or less, 22.3 or less, 22 or less, 21.8 Below, below 21.5, below 21.3, below 21, below 20.8, below 20.5, below 20.3, below 20, below 19.8, below 19.5, below 19.3, below 19, below 18.8, below 18.5, below 18.3, below 18, below 17.8, 17.5 or less, 17.3 or less, and 17 or less.

於重視消耗電力削減的情況下,有效的是抑制背光的光量,液晶顯示元件較佳為提昇光的透過率,因此較佳為將KAVG 的值設定得略低。於重視響應速度的改善的情況下,較佳為將KAVG 的值設定得略高。When the reduction of power consumption is important, it is effective to suppress the amount of light in the backlight. The liquid crystal display element preferably improves light transmittance. Therefore, it is preferable to set the value of K AVG to be slightly lower. When the improvement of response speed is important, it is preferable to set the value of K AVG slightly higher.

(液晶顯示元件) 本發明的液晶組成物可適用於液晶顯示元件。以下,適宜參照圖1、圖2來對本實施形態的液晶顯示元件的例子進行說明。(Liquid crystal display element) The liquid crystal composition of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display element. Hereinafter, examples of the liquid crystal display element of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2 as appropriate.

圖1是示意性地表示液晶顯示元件的構成的圖。圖1中為了進行說明,方便起見使各構成要素隔開而示出。 如圖1所示,本實施形態的液晶顯示元件1包括:以相向的方式配置的第一基板2及第二基板3、以及設於第一基板2與第二基板3之間的液晶層4,液晶層4包含所述液晶組成物。FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing a configuration of a liquid crystal display element. In FIG. 1, for convenience of explanation, the constituent elements are separated and shown. As shown in FIG. 1, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to this embodiment includes a first substrate 2 and a second substrate 3 which are arranged to face each other, and a liquid crystal layer 4 provided between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3. The liquid crystal layer 4 includes the liquid crystal composition.

於第一基板2上在液晶層4側的面上形成有畫素電極層5。於第二基板3上在液晶層4側形成有共通電極層6。第一基板2及第二基板3可藉由一對偏光板7、偏光板8來夾持。亦可於第二基板3的液晶層4側進而設有彩色濾光片9。A pixel electrode layer 5 is formed on the first substrate 2 on a surface on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. A common electrode layer 6 is formed on the second substrate 3 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 can be held by a pair of polarizing plates 7 and 8. A color filter 9 may be further provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3.

即,一實施形態的液晶顯示元件1具有將第一偏光板7、第一基板2、畫素電極層5、包含液晶組成物的液晶層4、共通電極層6、彩色濾光片9、第二基板3、第二偏光板8依序積層而成的構成。That is, a liquid crystal display element 1 according to an embodiment includes a first polarizing plate 7, a first substrate 2, a pixel electrode layer 5, a liquid crystal layer 4 including a liquid crystal composition, a common electrode layer 6, a color filter 9, and a first The two substrates 3 and the second polarizing plate 8 are sequentially laminated.

第一基板2及第二基板3例如由玻璃或塑膠等具有柔軟性的材料形成。第一基板2及第二基板3的至少一者由透明的材料形成,另一者可由透明的材料形成,亦可由金屬或矽等不透明的材料形成。The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are formed of a flexible material such as glass or plastic. At least one of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 is formed of a transparent material, and the other is formed of a transparent material, or may be formed of an opaque material such as metal or silicon.

第一基板2及第二基板3藉由配置於周邊區域的環氧系熱硬化性組成物等密封材及封止材而相互貼合,為了於其間保持基板間距離,例如亦可配置玻璃粒子、塑膠粒子、氧化鋁粒子等粒狀間隔物、或者利用光微影法而形成的包含樹脂的間隔柱。The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are bonded to each other by a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition and a sealing material arranged in the peripheral region. In order to maintain the distance between the substrates, for example, glass particles may be arranged. , Granular spacers such as plastic particles, alumina particles, or resin-containing spacers formed by photolithography.

第一偏光板7及第二偏光板8可以調整各偏光板的偏光軸而視角或對比度變良好的方式進行調整,較佳為具有以該些的透過軸於正常顯黑模式下運作的方式相互並行的透過軸。特佳為第一偏光板7及第二偏光板8中的任一者以具有與不施加電壓時的液晶分子的配向方向平行的透過軸的方式進行配置。The first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted in such a manner that the polarization axis of each polarizing plate is adjusted so that the viewing angle or contrast becomes good, and it is preferable to have each other in such a manner that these transmission axes operate in a normal blackening mode Parallel transmission axis. It is particularly preferable that either of the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 is arranged so as to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.

就防止漏光的觀點而言,彩色濾光片9較佳為形成黑色矩陣,且較佳為在對應於薄膜電晶體的部分形成黑色矩陣(未圖示)。From the viewpoint of preventing light leakage, the color filter 9 preferably forms a black matrix, and preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.

黑色矩陣可與彩色濾光片一同設置於與陣列基板為相反側的基板,亦可與彩色濾光片一同設置於陣列基板側,抑或可將黑色矩陣設置於陣列基板,將彩色濾光片分開設置於另一基板。另外,黑色矩陣可與彩色濾光片分開設置,但亦可藉由重覆彩色濾光片的各種顏色而使透過率下降。The black matrix can be set together with the color filter on the substrate opposite to the array substrate, or it can be set on the array substrate side with the color filter, or the black matrix can be set on the array substrate to separate the color filters. Set on another substrate. In addition, the black matrix may be provided separately from the color filter, but the transmittance may be reduced by repeating various colors of the color filter.

圖2是將圖1中的由作為形成於第一基板2上的畫素電極層5的一部分的I線所包圍的區域放大的平面圖。 如圖2所示,形成於第一基板2的表面的包含薄膜電晶體的畫素電極層5中,用以供給掃描訊號的多個閘極總線11與用以供給顯示訊號的多個資料總線12相互交叉而配置成矩陣狀。再者,圖2中僅示出一對閘極總線11、閘極總線11及一對資料總線12、資料總線12。FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of an area surrounded by an I line as a part of the pixel electrode layer 5 formed on the first substrate 2 in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 2, in the pixel electrode layer 5 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2, a plurality of gate buses 11 for supplying a scanning signal and a plurality of data buses for supplying a display signal. 12 intersect each other and are arranged in a matrix. In addition, only a pair of gate buses 11, a gate bus 11, and a pair of data buses 12 and 12 are shown in FIG. 2.

利用由多個閘極總線11與多個資料總線12包圍的區域來形成液晶顯示元件的單位畫素,於該單位畫素內形成有畫素電極13。畫素電極13具有包括相互正交而形成十字形狀的兩個幹部、與自各幹部延伸存在的多個枝部的所謂魚骨結構。A unit pixel of the liquid crystal display element is formed by using an area surrounded by the plurality of gate buses 11 and the plurality of data buses 12, and a pixel electrode 13 is formed in the unit pixel. The pixel electrode 13 has a so-called fish-bone structure including two stems orthogonal to each other to form a cross shape, and a plurality of branches extending from each stem.

另外,於一對閘極總線11、閘極總線11之間與閘極總線11大致平行地設有Cs電極14。另外,於閘極總線11與資料總線12相互交叉的交叉部附近設有包含源極電極15及汲極電極16的薄膜電晶體。於汲極電極16設有接觸孔17。A Cs electrode 14 is provided between the pair of gate buses 11 and the gate buses 11 in parallel with the gate buses 11. Further, a thin film transistor including a source electrode 15 and a drain electrode 16 is provided near the intersection where the gate bus 11 and the data bus 12 cross each other. A contact hole 17 is provided in the drain electrode 16.

閘極總線11及資料總線12較佳為分別由金屬膜形成,更佳為由Al、Cu、Au、Ag、Cr、Ta、Ti、Mo、W、Ni或其合金形成,進而佳為由Mo、Al或其合金形成。The gate bus 11 and the data bus 12 are preferably formed of a metal film, more preferably Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni, or an alloy thereof, and further preferably Mo , Al or an alloy thereof.

為了提昇透過率,畫素電極13較佳為透明電極。透明電極可藉由對氧化物半導體(ZnO、InGaZnO、SiGe、GaAs、氧化銦鋅(Indium Zinc Oxide,IZO)、氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)、SnO、TiO、AZTO(AlZnSnO)等)進行濺鍍等來形成。 此時,透明電極的膜厚亦可為10 nm~200 nm。另外,為了減少電阻,亦可藉由對非晶的ITO膜進行煆燒來形成透明電極作為多晶的ITO膜。In order to improve the transmittance, the pixel electrode 13 is preferably a transparent electrode. Transparent electrodes can be used for oxide semiconductors (ZnO, InGaZnO, SiGe, GaAs, Indium Zinc Oxide (IZO), Indium Tin Oxide (ITO), SnO, TiO, AZTO (AlZnSnO), etc.) It is formed by sputtering or the like. At this time, the film thickness of the transparent electrode may be 10 nm to 200 nm. In addition, in order to reduce the resistance, a transparent electrode can be formed as a polycrystalline ITO film by sintering an amorphous ITO film.

本實施形態的液晶顯示元件例如可於第一基板2及第二基板3上對Al或其合金等金屬材料進行濺鍍來形成配線,從而分別形成畫素電極層5及共通電極層6。另外,彩色濾光片9例如可藉由顏料分散法、印刷法、電沈積法或染色法等來製成。The liquid crystal display element of this embodiment can form wirings by sputtering metal materials such as Al or its alloy on the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 to form the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6, respectively. The color filter 9 can be produced by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, or a dyeing method.

若以利用顏料分散法的彩色濾光片的製成方法為一例進行說明,則將彩色濾光片用的硬化性著色組成物塗佈於該透明基板上,實施圖案化處理,而且藉由加熱或光照射來使其進行硬化。對紅、綠、藍三種顏色分別進行該步驟,藉此可製成彩色濾光片用的畫素部。另外,彩色濾光片9亦可設置於具有TFT等的基板側。If a method for producing a color filter using the pigment dispersion method is described as an example, a hardening coloring composition for a color filter is applied to the transparent substrate, patterned, and heated by heating. Or light irradiation to harden it. This step is performed separately for three colors of red, green, and blue, whereby a pixel portion for a color filter can be manufactured. The color filter 9 may be provided on a substrate side including a TFT or the like.

使第一基板2及第二基板3以畫素電極層5及共通電極層6分別成為內側的方式相向,但此時亦可經由間隔物來調整第一基板2及第二基板3的間隔。此時,較佳為以液晶層4的厚度成為例如1 μm~100 μm的方式進行調整。The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are opposed to each other such that the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are inside, respectively. However, the interval between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be adjusted through a spacer at this time. At this time, it is preferable to adjust so that the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 becomes 1 micrometer-100 micrometers, for example.

於使用偏光板7、偏光板8的情況下,較佳為以對比度成為最大的方式調整液晶層4的折射率各向異性Δn與液晶層4的厚度之積。另外,於有兩片偏光板7、偏光板8的情況下,亦可以調整各偏光板的偏光軸來使視角或對比度變得良好的方式進行調整。進而,亦可使用用以擴寬視角的相位差膜。之後,以設置液晶注入口的形式將環氧系熱硬化性組成物等密封劑網版印刷於該基板上,並將該基板彼此貼合,進行加熱而使密封劑進行熱硬化。When the polarizing plate 7 and the polarizing plate 8 are used, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so that the contrast becomes maximum. In addition, when there are two polarizing plates 7 and 8, the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate may be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle or the contrast so as to be good. Further, a retardation film for widening the viewing angle may be used. Thereafter, a sealant such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in the form of a liquid crystal injection port, and the substrates are bonded to each other, and the sealant is thermally cured by heating.

使組成物夾持於兩片基板2、基板3間的方法可使用通常的真空注入法或滴加注入(ODF:One Drop Fill)法等,但於真空注入法中雖未產生滴加痕跡,但具有殘留注入的痕跡的課題,於本實施形態中可更佳地用於使用ODF法而製造的顯示元件中。The method of holding the composition between two substrates 2 and 3 can use a common vacuum injection method or an ODF (One Drop Fill) method. However, no drop marks are generated in the vacuum injection method. However, the problem of leaving traces of implantation can be more suitably used in a display element manufactured using the ODF method in this embodiment.

ODF法的液晶顯示元件製造步驟中,使用分配器於底板或前板的任一者的基板將環氧系光熱併用硬化性等的密封劑描繪成閉環堤狀,並於脫氣下向其中滴加規定量的組成物後,將前板與後板接合,藉此可製造液晶顯示元件。In the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element of the ODF method, an epoxy-based photothermal and hardening sealant is used to draw a closed-loop bank shape using a dispenser on the substrate of either the bottom plate or the front plate, and dripped into it under degassing. After adding a predetermined amount of the composition, the front plate and the rear plate are joined, whereby a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured.

本實施形態中,於ODF法中可抑制將液晶組成物滴加至基板時的滴加痕跡的產生。再者,所謂滴加痕跡,定義為於進行黑顯示的情況下滴加液晶組成物的痕跡發白而浮起的現象。In this embodiment, the ODF method can suppress the generation of drip marks when a liquid crystal composition is dripped on a substrate. The term “dropping mark” is defined as a phenomenon in which a drop of a liquid crystal composition is whitish and floats when black display is performed.

另外,於利用ODF法的液晶顯示元件的製造步驟中,需要對應於液晶顯示元件的尺寸而滴加最佳的液晶注入量,但本實施形態的液晶組成物例如相對於液晶滴加時所產生的滴加裝置內的急遽的壓力變化或衝擊的影響少,可長期穩定地持續滴加液晶,因此亦可將液晶顯示元件的良率保持得高。In addition, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element using the ODF method, an optimal liquid crystal injection amount is required to be dropped according to the size of the liquid crystal display element. However, the liquid crystal composition of this embodiment is generated when the liquid crystal is dropped, for example. The rapid pressure change or impact in the dropping device is small, and the liquid crystal can be continuously and continuously dropped for a long period of time. Therefore, the yield of the liquid crystal display element can also be kept high.

特別是最近流行的智慧型手機中大量使用的小型液晶顯示元件中最佳的液晶注入量少,因此自身難以將與最佳值的偏差控制為一定範圍內,但藉由使用本實施形態的液晶組成物,於小型液晶顯示元件中亦可實現穩定的液晶材料的噴出量。In particular, the optimal amount of liquid crystal to be injected is small among the small-sized liquid crystal display elements that are widely used in recent smartphones. Therefore, it is difficult to control the deviation from the optimal value within a certain range. However, by using the liquid crystal of this embodiment, The composition can also realize a stable liquid crystal material discharge amount in a small liquid crystal display element.

於第1化合物及第2化合物分別包含聚合性基且液晶組成物含有聚合性化合物的情況下,作為使該些化合物進行聚合的方法,為了獲得液晶分子的良好的配向性能,理想的是適度的聚合速度,因此較佳為藉由單一或併用或者依序照射紫外線或電子束等活性能量線來進行聚合的方法。於使用紫外線的情況下,可使用偏光光源,亦可使用非偏光光源。In the case where the first compound and the second compound each contain a polymerizable group and the liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable compound, as a method of polymerizing these compounds, in order to obtain good alignment performance of the liquid crystal molecules, it is desirable to be moderate. The polymerization rate is preferably a method in which polymerization is performed by singly or in combination or sequentially irradiating active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams. In the case of using ultraviolet light, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used.

另外,於使液晶組成物以夾持於兩片基板間的狀態進行聚合的情況下,至少照射面側的基板必須相對於活性能量線而提供適當的透明性。另外,亦可使用如下方法:於光照射時使用遮罩而僅使特定部分進行聚合後,使電場或磁場或者溫度等條件發生變化,藉此使未聚合部分的配向狀態發生變化,進而照射活性能量線來聚合。When the liquid crystal composition is polymerized while being sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side must provide appropriate transparency with respect to the active energy ray. In addition, it is also possible to use a method in which only a specific portion is polymerized by using a mask during light irradiation, and conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field, or a temperature are changed, thereby changing the alignment state of the non-polymerized portion and further irradiating the activity. Energy lines to converge.

特別是於進行紫外線曝光時,較佳為對液晶組成物施加交流電場並進行紫外線曝光。所施加的交流電場較佳為頻率10 Hz~10 kHz的交流,更佳為頻率60 Hz~10 kHz,電壓依存於液晶顯示元件的所期望的預傾角來選擇。即,可利用所施加的電壓來控制液晶顯示元件的預傾角。於橫向電場型多域垂直配向(multi-domain vertical alignment,MVA)模式的液晶顯示元件中,就配向穩定性及對比度的觀點而言,較佳為將預傾角控制為80度~89.9度。In particular, when performing ultraviolet exposure, it is preferable to apply an AC electric field to the liquid crystal composition and perform ultraviolet exposure. The applied AC electric field is preferably an AC having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 60 Hz to 10 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on a desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In a liquid crystal display element of a transverse electric field type multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA) mode, from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast, it is preferable to control the pretilt angle to 80 to 89.9 degrees.

照射時的溫度較佳為可保持液晶組成物的液晶狀態的溫度範圍內。液晶組成物較佳為於接近室溫的溫度、即典型而言為15℃~35℃的溫度下進行聚合。 作為產生紫外線的燈,可使用金屬鹵素燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈等。另外,作為所照射的紫外線的波長,較佳為照射不為液晶組成物的吸收波長區域的波長區域的紫外線,且較佳為視需要截止紫外線而使用。The temperature during irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the liquid crystal composition can be maintained. The liquid crystal composition is preferably polymerized at a temperature close to room temperature, that is, typically at a temperature of 15 ° C to 35 ° C. As a lamp which generates ultraviolet rays, a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used. In addition, as the wavelength of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated, ultraviolet rays in a wavelength region other than an absorption wavelength region of the liquid crystal composition are preferably irradiated, and ultraviolet rays are preferably cut off as necessary.

所照射的紫外線的強度較佳為0.1 mW/cm2 ~100 W/cm2 ,更佳為2 mW/cm2 ~50 W/cm2 。所照射的紫外線的能量可適宜調整,但較佳為10 mJ/cm2 ~500 J/cm2 ,更佳為100 mJ/cm2 ~200 J/cm2 。亦可於照射紫外線時使強度發生變化。 照射紫外線的時間可根據所照射的紫外線強度來適宜選擇,但較佳為10秒~3600秒,更佳為10秒~600秒。The intensity of the irradiated ultraviolet rays is preferably 0.1 mW / cm 2 to 100 W / cm 2 , and more preferably 2 mW / cm 2 to 50 W / cm 2 . The energy of the irradiated ultraviolet rays can be adjusted as appropriate, but it is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2 , and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 . It is also possible to change the intensity when irradiated with ultraviolet rays. The time for irradiating ultraviolet rays can be appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated, but it is preferably 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds.

本發明的液晶組成物中,配向助劑(第1化合物及第2化合物)不會阻礙所述聚合性化合物的聚合反應,因此聚合性化合物彼此較佳地進行聚合,可抑制未反應的聚合性化合物殘存於液晶組成物中。In the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, since the alignment aids (the first compound and the second compound) do not hinder the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound, the polymerizable compounds are preferably polymerized with each other, and unreacted polymerizability can be suppressed. The compound remains in the liquid crystal composition.

例如於使用所述通式(P)所表示的化合物作為聚合性化合物的情況下,所獲得的液晶顯示元件1包括:兩個基板2、基板3,以及設於兩個基板2、基板3之間的包含第1化合物、第2化合物及通式(P)所表示的化合物的聚合物的液晶層4。該情況下,認為第1化合物、第2化合物及通式(P)所表示的化合物的聚合物偏向存在於液晶層4中的基板2、基板3側。 再者,於不使用聚合性化合物的情況下,液晶層4包含第1化合物及第2化合物的聚合物。For example, when a compound represented by the general formula (P) is used as a polymerizable compound, the obtained liquid crystal display element 1 includes two substrates 2, a substrate 3, and two substrates 2 and 3 provided on the substrate 3. A liquid crystal layer 4 including a polymer of a first compound, a second compound, and a compound represented by general formula (P) in between. In this case, it is considered that the polymer of the first compound, the second compound, and the compound represented by the general formula (P) is biased toward the substrate 2 and the substrate 3 side that are present in the liquid crystal layer 4. When a polymerizable compound is not used, the liquid crystal layer 4 includes a polymer of the first compound and the second compound.

液晶顯示元件1亦可為主動矩陣驅動用液晶顯示元件。液晶顯示元件1可為PSA型、PSVA型、VA型、共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)型、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)型或電控雙折射(electrically controlled birefringence,ECB)型的液晶顯示元件,較佳為PSA型的液晶顯示元件。The liquid crystal display element 1 may be a liquid crystal display element for active matrix driving. The liquid crystal display element 1 may be a PSA type, a PSVA type, a VA type, an In-Plane Switching (IPS) type, a Fringe Field Switching (FFS) type, or an electrically controlled birefringence (ECB) ) Type liquid crystal display element, preferably a PSA type liquid crystal display element.

本實施形態的液晶顯示元件中,使用含有配向助劑(第1化合物及第2化合物)的液晶組成物,因此無須於第一基板2及第二基板3的液晶層4側設置聚醯亞胺配向膜等配向膜。即,本實施形態的液晶顯示元件可採取兩個基板中的至少一基板不具有聚醯亞胺配向膜等配向膜的構成。In the liquid crystal display element of this embodiment, a liquid crystal composition containing an alignment aid (a first compound and a second compound) is used. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide polyimide on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3. An alignment film such as an alignment film. In other words, the liquid crystal display element of this embodiment may have a configuration in which at least one of the two substrates does not have an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film.

以上,基於圖示的實施形態對本發明的配向助劑、液晶組成物及液晶顯示元件進行了說明,但本發明並不限定於此,各構成可置換為具有相同功能的任意的構成,亦可附加其他任意的構成。 [實施例]The alignment aid, the liquid crystal composition, and the liquid crystal display element of the present invention have been described based on the illustrated embodiments, but the present invention is not limited to this, and each configuration may be replaced with an arbitrary configuration having the same function. Add another arbitrary structure. [Example]

以下,對本發明的實施例進行說明,但本發明並不限定於以下的實施例。 實施例中所測定的特性如以下般。 Tni :向列相-各向同性液體相轉移溫度(℃) Δn:20℃下的折射率各向異性 η:20℃下的黏度(mPa·s) γ1:20℃下的旋轉黏性(mPa·s) Δε:20℃下的介電常數各向異性 K33 :20℃下的彈性常數K33 (pN)Hereinafter, examples of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples. The characteristics measured in the examples are as follows. T ni : nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C) Δn: refractive index anisotropy at 20 ° C η: viscosity (mPa · s) at 20 ° C γ 1: rotational viscosity at 20 ° C ( mPa · s) Δε: dielectric constant anisotropy K 33 at 20 ° C: elastic constant K 33 (pN) at 20 ° C

1.液晶混合物的製備 以下,對化合物的記載使用以下的略號。 <環結構> [化94] 1. Preparation of Liquid Crystal Mixture The following abbreviations are used for the description of the compounds. <Ring Structure> [化 94]

<側鏈結構> [表1](其中,表中的n為自然數)<Side chain structure> [Table 1] (Where n in the table is a natural number)

<連結結構> [表2](其中,表中的n為自然數)< Connection structure > [Table 2] (Where n in the table is a natural number)

(液晶混合物LC-1) 首先,製備下述表3中所示的配方的混合物HLC-1。向該混合物HLC-1 100重量%中添加0.3重量%的下述聚合性化合物(R-1-0),並進行加熱溶解,藉此獲得液晶混合物LC-1。 [表3] (Liquid crystal mixture LC-1) First, a mixture HLC-1 with a formulation shown in Table 3 below was prepared. A liquid crystal mixture LC-1 was obtained by adding 0.3% by weight of the following polymerizable compound (R-1-0) to 100% by weight of this mixture HLC-1, and dissolving it by heating. [table 3]

[化95] [Chem 95]

(液晶混合物LC-2~液晶混合物LC-8) 首先,製備下述表4中所示的配方的混合物HLC-2~混合物HLC-8。向該些混合物HLC-2~混合物HLC-8各自100重量%中添加0.3重量%的所述聚合性化合物(R-1-0),並進行加熱溶解,藉此獲得液晶混合物LC-2~液晶混合物LC-8。 [表4] (Liquid crystal mixture LC-2 to liquid crystal mixture LC-8) First, a mixture HLC-2 to a mixture HLC-8 with the formulation shown in Table 4 below was prepared. The liquid crystal mixture LC-2 to liquid crystal was obtained by adding 0.3% by weight of the polymerizable compound (R-1-0) to 100% by weight of each of these mixtures HLC-2 to HLC-8, and dissolving them by heating. Mixture LC-8. [Table 4]

(液晶混合物LC-9~液晶混合物LC-16) 向混合物HLC-1~混合物HLC-8各自100重量%中添加0.3重量%的所述聚合性化合物(R-1-0)、0.5重量%的下述聚合性化合物(R-1-1),並進行加熱溶解,藉此獲得液晶混合物LC-9~液晶混合物LC-16。(Liquid crystal mixture LC-9 to liquid crystal mixture LC-16) To 100% by weight of each of the mixtures HLC-1 to HLC-8, 0.3% by weight of the polymerizable compound (R-1-0) and 0.5% by weight of The following polymerizable compound (R-1-1) was dissolved by heating to obtain a liquid crystal mixture LC-9 to a liquid crystal mixture LC-16.

[化96] [Chem 96]

2.液晶組成物的製備 (實施例1) 相對於液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%而添加0.3重量%的作為第1化合物的化合物(PJ-I-1)、0.3重量%的作為第2化合物的化合物(PJ-II-1),製備液晶組成物。2. Preparation of liquid crystal composition (Example 1) 0.3% by weight of the compound (PJ-I-1) as the first compound and 0.3% by weight as the second compound based on 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1. Compound (PJ-II-1) to prepare a liquid crystal composition.

(實施例2) 相對於液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%而添加0.5重量%的化合物(PJ-I-1)、0.5重量%的化合物(PJ-II-1),製備液晶組成物。 (實施例3) 相對於液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%而添加0.5重量%的化合物(PJ-I-1)、1.0重量%的化合物(PJ-II-1),製備液晶組成物。(Example 2) 0.5% by weight of the compound (PJ-I-1) and 0.5% by weight of the compound (PJ-II-1) were added to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 to prepare a liquid crystal composition. (Example 3) 0.5% by weight of the compound (PJ-I-1) and 1.0% by weight of the compound (PJ-II-1) were added to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 to prepare a liquid crystal composition.

(實施例4~實施例6) 除將第1化合物自化合物(PJ-I-1)變更為化合物(PJ-I-2)以外,與所述實施例1~實施例3同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。 (實施例7~實施例9) 除將第1化合物自化合物(PJ-I-1)變更為化合物(PJ-I-3)以外,與所述實施例1~實施例3同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。(Examples 4 to 6) Preparation was performed in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from compound (PJ-I-1) to compound (PJ-I-2). Liquid crystal composition. (Example 7 to Example 9) Preparation was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to Example 3 except that the first compound was changed from compound (PJ-I-1) to compound (PJ-I-3). Liquid crystal composition.

(實施例10~實施例12) 除將第1化合物自化合物(PJ-I-1)變更為化合物(PJ-I-4)以外,與所述實施例1~實施例3同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。(Examples 10 to 12) Preparation was performed in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from compound (PJ-I-1) to compound (PJ-I-4). Liquid crystal composition.

(實施例13~實施例15) 除將第1化合物自化合物(PJ-I-1)變更為化合物(PJ-I-5)以外,與所述實施例1~實施例3同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。 (實施例16~實施例18) 除將第2化合物自化合物(PJ-II-1)變更為化合物(PJ-II-2)以外,與所述實施例7~實施例9同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。(Examples 13 to 15) Preparation was performed in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3 except that the first compound was changed from compound (PJ-I-1) to compound (PJ-I-5). Liquid crystal composition. (Examples 16 to 18) A second compound was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-2). Liquid crystal composition.

(實施例19~實施例21) 除將第2化合物自化合物(PJ-II-1)變更為化合物(PJ-II-3)以外,與所述實施例7~實施例9同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。 (實施例22~實施例24) 除將第2化合物自化合物(PJ-II-1)變更為化合物(PJ-II-4)以外,與所述實施例7~實施例9同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。(Examples 19 to 21) A second compound was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-3). Liquid crystal composition. (Examples 22 to 24) A second compound was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 7 to 9 except that the second compound was changed from the compound (PJ-II-1) to the compound (PJ-II-4). Liquid crystal composition.

(實施例25~實施例27) 除將第2化合物自化合物(PJ-II-1)變更為化合物(PJ-II-2)以外,與所述實施例4~實施例6同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。 (實施例28~實施例30) 除將第2化合物自化合物(PJ-II-1)變更為化合物(PJ-II-3)以外,與所述實施例4~實施例6同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。(Example 25 to Example 27) A second compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 4 to Example 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-2). Liquid crystal composition. (Examples 28 to 30) A second compound was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-3). Liquid crystal composition.

(實施例31~實施例33) 除將第2化合物自化合物(PJ-II-1)變更為化合物(PJ-II-4)以外,與所述實施例4~實施例6同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。 (實施例34~實施例43) 除將液晶混合物LC-1變更為液晶混合物LC-2~液晶混合物LC-8以外,與所述實施例23同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。(Examples 31 to 33) A second compound was prepared in the same manner as in Examples 4 to 6 except that the second compound was changed from compound (PJ-II-1) to compound (PJ-II-4). Liquid crystal composition. (Example 34 to Example 43) A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 23 except that the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 was changed to the liquid crystal mixture LC-2 to the liquid crystal mixture LC-8.

(比較例1) 除不使用化合物(PJ-I-1)及化合物(PJ-II-1)以外,與所述實施例1同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。 (比較例2~比較例4) 除相對於液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%分別添加1.0重量%的下述化合物Ref-1~化合物Ref-3以外,與所述實施例1同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。Comparative Example 1 A liquid crystal composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compound (PJ-I-1) and the compound (PJ-II-1) were not used. (Comparative Example 2 to Comparative Example 4) Preparation was performed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1.0% by weight of the following compounds Ref-1 to Compound Ref-3 were added to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1. Liquid crystal composition.

[化97] [Chem 97]

(比較例5~比較例13) 除相對於液晶混合物LC-1 100重量%分別添加1.0重量%的所述化合物(PJ-I-1)~化合物(PJ-I-5)及化合物(PJ-II-1)~化合物(PJ-II-4)以外,與所述實施例1同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。 (比較例14~比較例20) 除相對於液晶混合物LC-1~液晶混合物LC-8各自100重量%而添加1.0重量%的所述化合物(PJ-I-3)以外,與所述實施例1同樣地進行而製備液晶組成物。(Comparative Example 5 to Comparative Example 13) In addition to 100% by weight of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1, 1.0% by weight of the compound (PJ-I-1) to the compound (PJ-I-5) and the compound (PJ- II-1) to compound (PJ-II-4), the same procedures as in Example 1 were performed to prepare a liquid crystal composition. (Comparative Example 14 to Comparative Example 20) Except that the compound (PJ-I-3) was added in an amount of 1.0% by weight based on 100% by weight of each of the liquid crystal mixture LC-1 to liquid crystal mixture LC-8. 1 was performed in the same manner to prepare a liquid crystal composition.

3.評價 對實施例及比較例的各液晶組成物進行以下的評價試驗。3. Evaluation The following evaluation tests were performed on each liquid crystal composition of Examples and Comparative Examples.

3-1.低溫穩定性的評價試驗 利用膜濾器(安捷倫科技(Agilent Technologies)公司製造,PTFE 13 mm-0.2 μm)對液晶組成物進行過濾,於真空減壓條件下靜置15分鐘來進行溶存空氣的去除。利用丙酮對其進行清洗並於充分乾燥的小玻璃瓶中秤量0.5 g,於-25℃的低溫環境下靜置14日。之後,藉由目視來觀察析出的有無,利用以下的4階段來加以判定。3-1. Evaluation test of low-temperature stability A membrane filter (manufactured by Agilent Technologies, PTFE 13 mm-0.2 μm) was used to filter the liquid crystal composition, and the liquid crystal composition was allowed to stand under vacuum and reduced pressure for 15 minutes for dissolution. Removal of air. It was washed with acetone and weighed 0.5 g in a sufficiently dried small glass bottle, and left to stand in a low temperature environment of -25 ° C for 14 days. Thereafter, the presence or absence of precipitation was visually observed, and judged by the following four stages.

A:靜置14日後亦無法確認析出。 B:靜置7日後確認到析出。 C:靜置3日後確認到析出。 D:靜置1日後確認到析出。A: Precipitation cannot be confirmed even after standing for 14 days. B: Precipitation was confirmed after standing for 7 days. C: Precipitation was confirmed after standing for 3 days. D: Precipitation was confirmed after standing for 1 day.

3-2.垂直配向性的評價試驗1 首先,製作具有透明共通電極層但不具有配向膜的第一基板(共通電極基板)、具有包含藉由主動元件進行驅動的透明畫素電極的畫素電極層但不具有配向膜的第二基板(畫素電極基板)。其次,沿第一基板的外周邊部配置密封材,於第一基板上且密封材的內側滴加液晶組成物。 之後,經由密封材將第二基板以與第一基板相向的方式配置,並由第一基板與第二基板夾持液晶組成物。於所述狀態下,於常壓、110℃、2小時的條件下使密封材進行硬化。藉此獲得單元間隙為3.2 μm的液晶單元。 使用偏光顯微鏡觀察此時的垂直配向性及滴加痕跡等配向不均,利用以下的4階段來進行評價。3-2. Evaluation Test of Vertical Alignment 1 First, a first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent common electrode layer but no alignment film, and a pixel having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element are prepared. An electrode layer but a second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) without an alignment film. Next, a sealing material is arranged along the outer periphery of the first substrate, and a liquid crystal composition is dropped on the first substrate and inside the sealing material. After that, the second substrate is arranged to face the first substrate via the sealing material, and the liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate. In this state, the sealing material was hardened under the conditions of normal pressure, 110 ° C., and 2 hours. Thus, a liquid crystal cell having a cell gap of 3.2 μm was obtained. The polarization unevenness at this time was used to observe the misalignment such as the vertical alignment and the drop marks, and the evaluation was performed in the following four steps.

A:亦包含端部等在內於整個面均勻地垂直配向 B:有極少的配向缺陷但為可容許的水準 C:亦包含端部等在內配向缺陷多而為無法容許的水準 D:配向不良相當惡劣A: Uniform vertical alignment is also included in the entire surface including the end portion, etc. B: There are few alignment defects, but it is an allowable level C: It also includes end portions, etc., and it has an unacceptable level with many alignment defects D: Alignment Bad bad

3-3.垂直配向性的評價試驗2 首先,製作具有彩色濾光片層但不具有配向膜的第一基板(濾光片基板)、具有包含藉由主動元件進行驅動的透明畫素電極的畫素電極層但不具有配向膜的第二基板(畫素電極基板)。其次,沿第一基板的外周邊部配置密封材,於第一基板上且密封材的內側滴加液晶組成物。 之後,經由密封材將第二基板以與第一基板相向的方式配置,並由第一基板與第二基板夾持液晶組成物。於所述狀態下,於常壓、110℃、2小時的條件下使密封材進行硬化。藉此獲得單元間隙為3.2 μm的液晶單元。 使用偏光顯微鏡觀察此時的垂直配向性及滴加痕跡等配向不均,利用以下的4階段來進行評價。3-3. Evaluation Test of Vertical Alignment 2 First, a first substrate (filter substrate) having a color filter layer but no alignment film, and a substrate including a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element were prepared. A second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having a pixel electrode layer but without an alignment film. Next, a sealing material is arranged along the outer periphery of the first substrate, and a liquid crystal composition is dropped on the first substrate and inside the sealing material. After that, the second substrate is arranged to face the first substrate via the sealing material, and the liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate. In this state, the sealing material was hardened under the conditions of normal pressure, 110 ° C., and 2 hours. Thus, a liquid crystal cell having a cell gap of 3.2 μm was obtained. The polarization unevenness at this time was used to observe the misalignment such as the vertical alignment and the drop marks, and the evaluation was performed in the following four steps.

A:亦包含端部等在內於整個面均勻地垂直配向 B:有極少的配向缺陷但為可容許的水準 C:亦包含端部等在內配向缺陷多而為無法容許的水準 D:配向不良相當惡劣A: Uniform vertical alignment is also included in the entire surface including the end portion, etc. B: There are few alignment defects, but it is an allowable level C: It also includes end portions, etc., and it has an unacceptable level with many alignment defects D: Alignment Bad bad

3-4.垂直配向性的評價試驗3 首先,製作包含表面經圖案化的透明共通電極層部位與彩色濾光片層部位兩者且不具有配向膜的第一基板(電極濾光片基板)、具有藉由主動元件進行驅動的透明畫素電極部位與畫素電極層、以及部分性的彩色濾光片層部位但不具有配向膜的第二基板(畫素電極基板)。其次,沿第一基板的外周邊部配置密封材,於第一基板上且密封材的內側滴加液晶組成物。 之後,經由密封材將第二基板以與第一基板相向的方式配置,並由第一基板與第二基板夾持液晶組成物。於所述狀態下,於常壓、110℃、2小時的條件下使密封材進行硬化,從而獲得單元間隙為3.5 μm的液晶單元。 使用偏光顯微鏡觀察此時的垂直配向性及滴加痕跡等配向不均,利用以下的4階段來進行評價。3-4. Evaluation Test of Vertical Alignment 3 First, a first substrate (electrode filter substrate) is prepared that includes both a patterned transparent common electrode layer portion and a color filter layer portion and does not have an alignment film. A second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having a transparent pixel electrode portion and a pixel electrode layer driven by an active element, and a portion of a color filter layer portion but without an alignment film. Next, a sealing material is arranged along the outer periphery of the first substrate, and a liquid crystal composition is dropped on the first substrate and inside the sealing material. After that, the second substrate is arranged to face the first substrate via the sealing material, and the liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between the first substrate and the second substrate. In this state, the sealing material was hardened under the conditions of normal pressure, 110 ° C., and 2 hours to obtain a liquid crystal cell having a cell gap of 3.5 μm. The polarization unevenness at this time was used to observe the misalignment such as the vertical alignment and the drop marks, and the evaluation was performed in the following four steps.

A:亦包含圖案基板邊界部、端部等在內於整個面均勻地垂直配向 B:有極少的配向缺陷但為可容許的水準 C:亦包含端部等在內配向缺陷多而為無法容許的水準 D:配向不良相當惡劣A: It also includes vertical alignment uniformly on the entire surface including the borders and end portions of the pattern substrate. B: It has few alignment defects but is tolerable. C: It also includes end portions and many alignment defects, which is unacceptable. Level D: Poor alignment is pretty bad

3-5.預傾角形成的評價試驗 對所述「3-2.垂直配向性的評價試驗1」中使用的液晶單元施加10 V、100 Hz的矩形交流波,並使用高壓水銀燈照射200秒鐘的365 nm下的照度為100 m/cm2 的UV光。之後,對於白顯示的穩定性,施加10 V、100 Hz的矩形交流波並對單元施加物理性外力,於正交尼科耳的狀態下進行觀察,並利用以下的4階段來進行評價。3-5. Evaluation test of formation of pretilt angle A rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz was applied to the liquid crystal cell used in the "3-2. Evaluation Test of Vertical Alignment 1" and irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp for 200 seconds. The irradiance at 365 nm is 100 m / cm 2 of UV light. Then, for the stability of the white display, a rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz was applied, and a physical external force was applied to the unit. The observation was performed in the state of orthogonal Nicols, and evaluation was performed in the following four stages.

A:亦包含端部等在內於整個面均勻地垂直配向 B:有極少的配向缺陷但為可容許的水準 C:亦包含端部等在內配向缺陷多而為無法容許的水準 D:配向不良相當惡劣A: Uniform vertical alignment is also included in the entire surface including the end portion, etc. B: There are few alignment defects, but it is an allowable level C: It also includes end portions, etc., and it has an unacceptable level with many alignment defects D: Alignment Bad bad

3-6.殘存單體量的評價試驗 對於所述「3-5.預傾角形成的評價試驗」中使用的單元,進而照射60分鐘的東芝照明技術(Toshiba Lighting & Technology)公司製造的UV螢光燈(313 nm下的照度為1.7 mW/cm2 ),利用HPLC將照射後的聚合性化合物(R1-1-0)的殘存量定量,並確定殘存單體量。根據單體的殘存量並利用以下的4階段來進行評價。3-6. Evaluation Test of Residual Monomer Amount The unit used in the "3-5. Evaluation Test of Pretilt Angle Formation" was further irradiated with UV light from Toshiba Lighting & Technology Co., Ltd. for 60 minutes. Light lamp (irradiance at 313 nm is 1.7 mW / cm 2 ), the residual amount of the polymerizable compound (R1-1-0) after irradiation is quantified by HPLC, and the residual monomer amount is determined. Evaluation was performed based on the remaining amount of the monomer in the following four stages.

A:未滿300 ppm B:300 ppm以上且未滿500 ppm C:500 ppm以上且未滿1500 ppm D:1500 ppm以上A: Less than 300 ppm B: More than 300 ppm and less than 500 ppm C: More than 500 ppm and less than 1500 ppm D: More than 1500 ppm

3-7.響應特性的評價試驗 對於所述「3-5.預傾角形成的評價試驗」中使用的單元間隙為3.2 μm的單元,進而照射60分鐘的東芝照明技術(Toshiba Lighting & Technology)公司製造的UV螢光燈(313 nm下的照度為1.7 mW/cm2 )。對藉此所獲得的單元測定響應速度。響應速度是於25℃的溫度條件下,使用奧拖力克梅爾徹(AUTRONIC-MELCHERS)公司的DMS703來測定6 V下的Voff。利用以下的4階段來評價響應特性。3-7. Evaluation test of response characteristics For the unit with a cell gap of 3.2 μm used in the "3-5. Evaluation Test of Pretilt Angle Formation", Toshiba Lighting & Technology Co., Ltd. was irradiated for 60 minutes. Manufactured UV fluorescent lamp (1.7 mW / cm 2 at 313 nm). The response speed was measured for the unit thus obtained. The response speed was measured at 25 ° C using a DMS703 from AUTRONIC-MELCHERS to measure Voff at 6 V. The response characteristics were evaluated in the following four steps.

A:未滿5 ms B:5 ms以上且未滿15 ms C:15 ms以上且未滿25 ms D:25 ms以上A: less than 5 ms B: more than 5 ms and less than 15 ms C: more than 15 ms and less than 25 ms D: more than 25 ms

[表5] [表6] [表7] [表8] [表9] [表10] [table 5] [TABLE 6] [TABLE 7] [TABLE 8] [TABLE 9] [TABLE 10]

如以上般,可知本發明的配向助劑及液晶組成物具有優異的液晶分子的配向限制力與高的保存穩定性。另外,亦可知本發明的液晶顯示元件具有優異的響應特性。 另外,與實施例1~實施例40及比較例1~比較例20同樣地,對液晶混合物LC-9~液晶混合物LC-16添加各種配向助劑並進行加熱溶解,藉此獲得液晶組成物。與所述同樣地對該些液晶組成物進行垂直配向性的評價,結果確認到實施例的配向性較比較例更優異。As described above, it is understood that the alignment aid and the liquid crystal composition of the present invention have excellent alignment restraining force of liquid crystal molecules and high storage stability. In addition, it can be seen that the liquid crystal display element of the present invention has excellent response characteristics. In addition, in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 40 and Comparative Examples 1 to 20, various alignment aids were added to the liquid crystal mixture LC-9 to the liquid crystal mixture LC-16 and dissolved by heating to obtain a liquid crystal composition. The vertical alignment of these liquid crystal compositions was evaluated in the same manner as described above. As a result, it was confirmed that the alignment was better in the examples than in the comparative examples.

1‧‧‧液晶顯示元件1‧‧‧LCD display element

2‧‧‧第一基板2‧‧‧ the first substrate

3‧‧‧第二基板3‧‧‧second substrate

4‧‧‧液晶層4‧‧‧ LCD layer

5‧‧‧畫素電極層5‧‧‧ pixel electrode layer

6‧‧‧共通電極層6‧‧‧Common electrode layer

7、8‧‧‧偏光板7, 8‧‧‧ polarizing plate

9‧‧‧彩色濾光片9‧‧‧ color filter

11‧‧‧閘極總線11‧‧‧Gate bus

12‧‧‧資料總線12‧‧‧Data Bus

13‧‧‧畫素電極13‧‧‧pixel electrode

14‧‧‧Cz電極14‧‧‧Cz electrode

15‧‧‧源極電極15‧‧‧Source electrode

16‧‧‧汲極電極16‧‧‧ Drain electrode

17‧‧‧接觸孔17‧‧‧ contact hole

I‧‧‧畫素電極層的一部分I‧‧‧ part of the pixel electrode layer

圖1是示意性地表示液晶顯示元件的一實施形態的圖。 圖2是將圖1中的I線所包圍的區域放大的平面圖。FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing an embodiment of a liquid crystal display element. FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of an area surrounded by an I line in FIG. 1.

Claims (21)

一種配向助劑,其特徵在於,與液晶分子一同配置於兩個基板間,並使所述液晶分子自發地進行配向,所述配向助劑含有: 第1化合物,包含具有相對於所述基板的親和性的至少一個第1親和性基;以及 第2化合物,包含具有相對於所述基板的親和性、且極性較所述第1親和性基更低的至少一個第2親和性基。An alignment aid is characterized in that it is arranged between two substrates together with liquid crystal molecules and spontaneously aligns the liquid crystal molecules. The alignment aid contains: a first compound containing At least one first affinity group having an affinity; and a second compound including at least one second affinity group having an affinity with respect to the substrate and having a lower polarity than the first affinity group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的配向助劑,其中所述第1化合物及所述第2化合物分別包含至少一個聚合性基。The alignment aid according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein each of the first compound and the second compound contains at least one polymerizable group. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的配向助劑,其中所述聚合性基是選自下述通式(P-1)~通式(P-13)所表示的群組中:式中,右端的黑點表示結合鍵。The alignment aid according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polymerizable group is selected from the group represented by the following general formula (P-1) to (P-13): In the formula, a black dot at the right end represents a bonding bond. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的配向助劑,其中所述第1親和性基及所述第2親和性基分別包含選自下述群組中的基:式中,黑點表示結合鍵。The alignment aid according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first affinity group and the second affinity group each include a group selected from the following groups: In the formula, a black dot indicates a bonding bond. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述的配向助劑,其中所述第1親和性基是選自下述通式(K1-1)~通式(K1-3)所表示的群組:式中, 左端的黑點表示結合鍵, WK2 表示次甲基、C-CH3 、C-C2 H5 、氮原子或矽原子, WK3 表示碳原子, X1 ~X5 分別獨立地表示氫原子、-OH基或CH2 =C(CH3 )COO-, X1 及X2 中的至少一者表示-OH基, X3 、X4 及X5 中的至少一者表示-OH基, Sp1 、Sp2 及Sp3 分別表示單鍵或間隔基; 所述第2親和性基是選自下述通式(K2-1)~通式(K2-14)所表示的群組:式中, 左端的黑點表示結合鍵, 任意的亞甲基分別獨立地可經碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷氧基、或者碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的全氟烷基取代, WK 1 表示次甲基、C-CH3 、C-C2 H5 或氮原子, XK1 及YK1 分別獨立地表示-CH2 -、氧原子或硫原子, ZK1 表示氧原子或硫原子, UK1 、VK1 及SK1 分別獨立地表示次甲基或氮原子,其中,UK1 為次甲基、VK1 為次甲基、SK1 為氮原子的組合除外, RK1 表示氫原子、碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷氧基、或者碳原子數1~5的直鏈或分支的全氟烷基。The alignment aid according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the first affinity group is selected from the group represented by the following general formula (K1-1) to (K1-3): In the formula, the black dot at the left end represents a bonding bond, W K2 represents a methine group, C-CH 3 , CC 2 H 5 , a nitrogen atom, or a silicon atom, W K3 represents a carbon atom, and X 1 to X 5 each independently represent hydrogen Atom, -OH group or CH 2 = C (CH 3 ) COO-, at least one of X 1 and X 2 represents -OH group, and at least one of X 3 , X 4 and X 5 represents -OH group, Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each represent a single bond or a spacer; the second affinity group is selected from the group represented by the following general formula (K2-1) to (K2-14): In the formula, the black dot on the left end represents a bonding bond, and any methylene group can independently pass through a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Or a linear or branched perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, W K 1 represents a methine group, C-CH 3 , CC 2 H 5, or a nitrogen atom, and X K1 and Y K1 are each independently Represents -CH 2- , an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, Z K1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, U K1 , V K1 and S K1 each independently represent a methine or nitrogen atom, wherein U K1 is a methine or V Except for the combination of K1 being a methine group and S K1 being a nitrogen atom, R K1 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Or a linear or branched perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. 如申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的配向助劑,其中所述第1親和性基包含羥基,所述第2親和性基包含醚基或碳酸酯基。The alignment aid according to item 4 or item 5 of the patent application scope, wherein the first affinity group includes a hydroxyl group and the second affinity group includes an ether group or a carbonate group. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第6項中任一項所述的配向助劑,其中所述第1化合物及所述第2化合物分別包含液晶原基, 所述第1親和性基、第2親和性基及所述聚合性基分別直接或經由間隔基而鍵結於所述液晶原基。The alignment aid according to any one of items 2 to 6 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the first compound and the second compound each include a mesogen, the first affinity group, the second compound The affinity group and the polymerizable group are each bonded to the mesogen group directly or via a spacer. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述的配向助劑,其中所述第1化合物及所述第2化合物分別包含鍵結於所述液晶原基的與所述第1親和性基或所述第2親和性基的相反側的末端基。The alignment aid according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein the first compound and the second compound each include a first affinity group or a second affinity group bonded to the mesogen group. The terminal group on the opposite side of the affinity group. 如申請專利範圍第8項所述的配向助劑,其中所述末端基是由碳原子數1~40的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~40的直鏈或分支的鹵化烷基、或者直接或經由間隔基而鍵結於所述液晶原基的聚合性基所表示,其中,烷基或鹵化烷基中的-CH2 -可經-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-NH-、-COO-或-OCO-取代,但-O-不連續。The alignment aid according to item 8 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the terminal group is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched halide alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. Is represented by a polymerizable group bonded to the mesogenic group directly or via a spacer, wherein -CH 2 -in an alkyl group or a halogenated alkyl group may be -CH = CH-, -C≡C -, -O-, -NH-, -COO- or -OCO- are substituted, but -O- is not continuous. 如申請專利範圍第5項、第7項至第9項中任一項所述的配向助劑,其中所述間隔基為-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH2 -CH2 COO-、-OCOCH2 -CH2 -、-CH=C(CH3 )COO-、-OCOC(CH3 )=CH-、-CH2 -CH(CH3 )COO-、-OCOCH(CH3 )-CH2 -、-OCH2 CH2 O-或碳原子數1~20的直鏈或分支的伸烷基,其中,伸烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-、-COO-或-OCO-取代。The alignment aid according to any one of claims 5, 7 to 9, in which the spacer is -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -C≡C-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH = CHCOO-, -OCOCH = CH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 COO-, -OCOCH 2 -CH 2- , -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O- or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, in which one or two or more adjacent -CH 2 -alkylene groups may pass through -O-, -COO- or -OCO- substitution. 如申請專利範圍第7項至第10項中任一項所述的配向助劑,其中所述液晶原基是由下述通式(i)所表示:式中, 左端的黑點及右端的黑點表示結合鍵, Ai1 表示二價的6員環芳香族基、二價的6員環雜芳香族基、二價的6員環脂肪族基或二價的6員環雜脂肪族基, 該些環結構中的氫原子可經鹵素原子、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的鹵化烷基、碳原子數1~10的直鏈或分支的烷氧基或者Pi1 -Spi1 -取代,此處,Pi1 表示選自所述通式(P-1)~通式(P-13)所表示的群組中的聚合性基,Spi1 表示與Zi1 相同的含義, Zi1 表示單鍵、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-C≡C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOO-、-OOCO-、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、-CH=CHCOO-、-OCOCH=CH-、-CH2 -CH2 COO-、-OCOCH2 -CH2 -、-CH=C(CH3 )COO-、-OCOC(CH3 )=CH-、-CH2 -CH(CH3 )COO-、-OCOCH(CH3 )-CH2 -、-OCH2 CH2 O-或碳原子數2~20的伸烷基,其中,伸烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可經-O-、-COO-或-OCO-取代, mi1 表示1~5的整數, 於mi1 為2以上的情況下,多個Ai1 彼此可相同亦可不同。The alignment aid according to any one of claims 7 to 10 in the scope of patent application, wherein the mesogen of the liquid crystal is represented by the following general formula (i): In the formula, the black dot at the left end and the black dot at the right end represent bonding bonds, and A i1 represents a divalent 6-membered ring aromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring heteroaromatic group, a divalent 6-membered ring aliphatic group, or A bivalent 6-membered ring heteroaliphatic group, the hydrogen atoms in these ring structures may pass through a halogen atom, a straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a straight or branched chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Halogenated alkyl group, linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or P i1 -Sp i1 -substitution. Here, P i1 represents a group selected from the general formula (P-1) to the general formula ( P-13) a group represented by the polymerizable group, Sp i1 represents the same meaning as Z i1, Z i1 represents a single bond, -CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C -, - COO-, -OCO-, -OCOO-, -OOCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH = CHCOO-, -OCOCH = CH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 COO-, -OCOCH 2 -CH 2- , -CH = C (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOC (CH 3 ) = CH-, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2 -,- OCH 2 CH 2 O- or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, in which one or two or more adjacent -CH 2 -groups of the alkylene group may pass through -O-, -COO-, or -OCO - substituted, m i1 represents an integer of 1 to 5 , In the case where m i1 is 2 or more, a plurality of A i1 may be identical or different from each other. 一種液晶組成物,其特徵在於:含有如申請專利範圍第1項至第11項中任一項所述的配向助劑、及液晶分子,且介電常數各向異性(Δε)為負。A liquid crystal composition comprising the alignment aid as described in any one of claims 1 to 11 and a liquid crystal molecule, and has a negative dielectric constant anisotropy (Δε). 如申請專利範圍第12項所述的液晶組成物,其中所述液晶分子包含選自下述通式(N-1)~通式(N-3)所表示的群組中的化合物:式中, RN11 、RN12 、RN21 、RN22 、RN31 及RN32 分別獨立地表示碳原子數1~8的烷基,其中,烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -分別獨立地可由-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代, AN11 、AN12 、AN21 、AN22 、AN31 及AN32 分別獨立地表示選自由下述基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及基(d)所組成的群組中的基: (a)1,4-伸環己基,其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH2 -或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可被取代為-O-、 (b)1,4-伸苯基,其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=、 (c)萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或十氫萘-2,6-二基,其中,存在於萘-2,6-二基或1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=、及 (d)1,4-伸環己烯基, 所述基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及基(d)分別獨立地可經氰基、氟原子或氯原子取代, ZN11 、ZN12 、ZN21 、ZN22 、ZN31 及ZN32 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2 CH2 -、-(CH2 )4 -、-OCH2 -、-CH2 O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF2 -、-CF2 O-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-或-C≡C-, XN21 表示氫原子或氟原子, TN31 表示-CH2 -或氧原子, nN11 、nN12 、nN21 、nN22 、nN31 及nN32 分別獨立地表示0~3的整數,且nN11 +nN12 、nN21 +nN22 及nN31 +nN32 分別獨立地為1、2或3, 於AN11 ~AN32 、ZN11 ~ZN32 分別存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同。The liquid crystal composition according to item 12 of the scope of patent application, wherein the liquid crystal molecules include a compound selected from the group represented by the following general formula (N-1) to (N-3): In the formula, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31, and R N32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, in which one of the alkyl groups or two or more non-adjacent- CH 2 -can be independently replaced by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO-, A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 And A N32 each independently represent a group selected from the group consisting of the following groups (a), (b), (c) and (d): (a) 1,4-cyclohexyl, Among them, one —CH 2 — or two or more —CH 2 — that are present in the group may be substituted with —O—, (b) 1,4-phenylene, wherein One of the groups -CH = or two or more -CH = which are not adjacent may be substituted by -N =, (c) naphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene -2,6-diyl or decalin-2,6-diyl, which is present in naphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl One of -CH = or two or more -CH = which are not adjacent may be substituted by -N =, and (d) 1,4-cyclohexenyl, the groups (a), (b) , Radical (c) and radical (d) are independently independently Atom or a chlorine atom, Z N11, Z N12, Z N21, Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, or -C≡C- X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom, n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are independently 1, 2, or 3, and when there are multiple A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , these may be mutually The same or different. 如申請專利範圍第12項或第13項所述的液晶組成物,其中所述液晶分子包含下述通式(L)所表示的化合物:式中, RL1 及RL2 分別獨立地表示碳原子數1~8的烷基,其中,烷基中的一個或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -分別獨立地可由-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-或-OCO-取代, nL1 表示0、1、2或3, AL1 、AL2 及AL3 分別獨立地表示選自由下述基(a)、基(b)及基(c)所組成的群組中的基: (a)1,4-伸環己基,其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH2 -或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH2 -可被取代為-O-、 (b)1,4-伸苯基,其中,存在於所述基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=、及 (c)萘-2,6-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基或十氫萘-2,6-二基,其中,存在於萘-2,6-二基或1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基中的一個-CH=或不鄰接的兩個以上的-CH=可被取代為-N=, 所述基(a)、基(b)及基(c)分別獨立地可經氰基、氟原子或氯原子取代, ZL1 及ZL2 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2 CH2 -、-(CH2 )4 -、-OCH2 -、-CH2 O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF2 -、-CF2 O-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-或-C≡C-, 於nL 1 為2或3且AL 2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於nL 1 為2或3且ZL 2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,通式(N-1)、通式(N-2)及通式(N-3)所表示的化合物除外。The liquid crystal composition according to claim 12 or claim 13, wherein the liquid crystal molecules include a compound represented by the following general formula (L): In the formula, R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one of the alkyl groups or two or more -CH 2 -which are not adjacent to each other can be independently selected from -CH = CH- , -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, or -OCO-, n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and A L1 , A L2, and A L3 are independently selected from the group consisting of Said radicals in the group consisting of radicals (a), (b) and (c): (a) 1,4-cyclohexyl, wherein one of the radicals -CH 2 -or Non-adjacent two or more -CH 2 -may be substituted with -O-, (b) 1,4-phenylene, wherein one of the groups -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =, and (c) naphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, or decahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl, one of which is present in naphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl -CH = or two or more adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =, the groups (a), (b), and (c) may be independently substituted by a cyano group, a fluorine atom, or a chlorine atom, and Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently Single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 4- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- Or -C≡C-, when n L 1 is 2 or 3 and there are multiple A L 2 , these may be the same as or different from each other, where n L 1 is 2 or 3 and Z L 2 is multiple In the case of these, these may be the same as or different from each other, except for compounds represented by the general formula (N-1), the general formula (N-2), and the general formula (N-3). 如申請專利範圍第12項至第14項中任一項所述的液晶組成物,其進而含有聚合性化合物。The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 12 to 14 of the scope of patent application, further comprising a polymerizable compound. 如申請專利範圍第15項所述的液晶組成物,其中所述聚合性化合物包含下述通式(P)所表示的化合物的至少一種:式中, Zp1 表示氟原子、氰基、氫原子、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烷基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烷氧基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烯基、氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子的碳原子數1~15的烯氧基或-Spp2 -Rp2 , Rp1 及Rp2 分別表示下述式(R-I)~式(R-IX)的任一者:式中, 藉由*而與Spp1 或Spp2 鍵結, R2 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數1個~5個的烷基或碳原子數1個~5個的鹵化烷基, W表示單鍵、-O-或亞甲基, T表示單鍵或-COO-, p、t及q分別獨立地表示0、1或2, Spp1 及Spp2 分別表示間隔基, Lp1 及Lp2 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CH2 -、-OCH2 -、-CH2 O-、-CO-、-C2 H4 -、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH2 -、-CH2 OCOO-、-OCH2 CH2 O-、-CO-NRa -、-NRa -CO-、-SCH2 -、-CH2 S-、-CH=CRa -COO-、-CH=CRa -OCO-、-COO-CRa =CH-、-OCO-CRa =CH-、-COO-CRa =CH-COO-、-COO-CRa =CH-OCO-、-OCO-CRa =CH-COO-、-OCO-CRa =CH-OCO-、-(CH2 )z -C(=O)-O-、-(CH2 )z -O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH2 )z -、-(C=O)-O-(CH2 )z -、-CH2 (CH3 )C-C(=O)-O-、-CH2 (CH3 )C-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-C(CH3 )CH2 、-(C=O)-O-C(CH3 )-CH2 、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-CF=CH-、-CH=CF-、-CF2 -、-CF2 O-、-OCF2 -、-CF2 CH2 -、-CH2 CF2 -、-CF2 CF2 -或-C≡C-,其中,式中,Ra 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳原子數1~4的烷基,z表示1~4的整數, Mp2 表示1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環己基、蒽-2,6-二基、菲-2,7-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、萘-2,6-二基、二氫茚-2,5-二基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘-2,6-二基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基或單鍵,Mp2 未經取代或者可經碳原子數1~12的烷基、碳原子數1~12的鹵化烷基、碳原子數1~12的烷氧基、碳原子數1~12的鹵化烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基或-Rp1 取代, Mp1 表示下述式(i-11)~式(ix-11)的任一者:式中,藉由*而與Spp1 鍵結,藉由**而與Lp1 、Lp 2 或Zp1 鍵結, Mp3 表示下述式(i-13)~式(ix-13)的任一者:式中,藉由*而與Zp1 鍵結,藉由**而與Lp 2 鍵結, mp2 ~mp4 分別獨立地表示0、1、2或3, mp1 及mp5 分別獨立地表示1、2或3, 於Zp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Rp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Rp2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Spp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Spp2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Lp1 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同,於Mp2 存在多個的情況下,該些彼此可相同亦可不同。The liquid crystal composition according to item 15 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polymerizable compound includes at least one kind of a compound represented by the following general formula (P): In the formula, Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen atom having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. An alkoxy group, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms whose hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms whose hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, or -Sp p2 -R p2 , R p1 and R p2 each represent any one of the following formulae (RI) to (R-IX): In the formula, by bonding with Sp p1 or Sp p2 by *, R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenation of 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Alkyl, W represents a single bond, -O- or methylene, T represents a single bond or -COO-, p, t and q each independently represent 0, 1 or 2, Sp p1 and Sp p2 each represent a spacer, L p1 and L p2 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4- , -COO- , -OCO-, -OCOOCH 2- , -CH 2 OCOO-, -OCH 2 CH 2 O-, -CO-NR a- , -NR a -CO-, -SCH 2- , -CH 2 S-,- CH = CR a -COO-, -CH = CR a -OCO-, -COO-CR a = CH-, -OCO-CR a = CH-, -COO-CR a = CH-COO-, -COO-CR a = CH-OCO-, -OCO-CR a = CH-COO-, -OCO-CR a = CH-OCO-,-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O) -O-,-(CH 2 ) z -O- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z -,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z- , -CH 2 (CH 3 ) CC (= O) -O-, -CH 2 (CH 3 ) CO- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O) -C (CH 3 ) CH 2 ,-(C = O) -OC (CH 3 ) -CH 2 , -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, -CF = CH-, -CH = CF-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CF 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or -C≡C-, wherein In the formula, R a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 4, z represents an integer of 1 to 4, M p2 represents 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, anthracene -2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, indane-2, 5-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl or single bond, M p2 is unsubstituted or can be Alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogen atom, cyano group, Nitro or -R p1 substitution, and M p1 represents any one of the following formulae (i-11) to (ix-11): In the formula, Sp p1 is bonded with *, and L p1 , L p 2, or Z p1 is bonded with **. M p3 represents the following formulae (i-13) to (ix-13) Either: In the formula, Z p1 is bonded with *, and L p 2 is bonded with **. M p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p1 and m p5 are each independent. represents 1, 2 or 3, in the case where there are a plurality of Z p1, the plurality may be identical or different from each other, in a case where a plurality of R p1, the plurality may be identical or different from each other, are present in multiple R p2 In the case of each, these may be the same as or different from each other. In the case of multiple Sp p1 , these may be the same or different from each other. In the case of multiple Sp p2 , these may be the same or different. Different, when there are multiple L p1 , these may be the same or different from each other, and when there are multiple M p2 , these may be the same or different from each other. 一種液晶顯示元件,其特徵在於包括:兩個基板、以及設於所述兩個基板之間的包含如申請專利範圍第12項至第16項中任一項所述的液晶組成物的液晶層。A liquid crystal display element, comprising: two substrates; and a liquid crystal layer provided between the two substrates and including the liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 12 to 16 in the scope of patent application. . 如申請專利範圍第17項所述的液晶顯示元件,其中所述液晶層包含所述第1化合物及所述第2化合物的聚合物。The liquid crystal display element according to claim 17 in the application scope, wherein the liquid crystal layer includes a polymer of the first compound and the second compound. 如申請專利範圍第17項或第18項所述的液晶顯示元件,其用於主動矩陣驅動。The liquid crystal display element according to item 17 or item 18 of the scope of patent application, which is used for active matrix driving. 如申請專利範圍第17項至第19項中任一項所述的液晶顯示元件,其為聚合物穩定配向型、聚合物穩定垂直配向型、垂直配向型、共面切換型、邊緣場切換型或電控雙折射型。The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 17 to 19 of the scope of application for a patent, which is a polymer stable alignment type, a polymer stable vertical alignment type, a vertical alignment type, a coplanar switching type, and a fringe field switching type Or electronically controlled birefringence type. 如申請專利範圍第17項至第20項中任一項所述的液晶顯示元件,其中所述兩個基板中的至少一基板不具有配向膜。The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 17 to 20 in the scope of patent application, wherein at least one of the two substrates does not have an alignment film.
TW107129535A 2017-09-08 2018-08-24 Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element TW201920629A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-172883 2017-09-08
JP2017172883 2017-09-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201920629A true TW201920629A (en) 2019-06-01

Family

ID=65634034

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107129535A TW201920629A (en) 2017-09-08 2018-08-24 Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6690782B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20200041880A (en)
CN (1) CN111183206B (en)
TW (1) TW201920629A (en)
WO (1) WO2019049673A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11760934B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2023-09-19 Dic Corporation Polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element in which the compound is used
CN111448291A (en) * 2017-12-21 2020-07-24 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition
CN111433325A (en) * 2017-12-21 2020-07-17 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition
US11739270B2 (en) 2018-03-01 2023-08-29 Dic Corporation Polymerizable compound as well as liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device each including polymerizable compound
TWI809128B (en) * 2018-07-03 2023-07-21 日商Dic股份有限公司 Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP7346903B2 (en) * 2019-05-16 2023-09-20 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal elements and articles using liquid crystal elements
CN113444531A (en) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-28 Dic株式会社 Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition containing polymerizable compound, and liquid crystal display element using same

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58185579A (en) * 1982-04-26 1983-10-29 Seiko Epson Corp Liquid crystal ester compound
JP3031701B2 (en) * 1990-11-27 2000-04-10 チッソ株式会社 Lactone compounds and compositions
DE102011108708A1 (en) * 2010-09-25 2012-03-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid crystal displays and liquid crystal media with homeotropic alignment
KR101926207B1 (en) * 2011-02-05 2018-12-06 메르크 파텐트 게엠베하 Liquid-crystal displays having homeotropic alignment
EP2729550B1 (en) 2011-07-07 2018-02-21 Merck Patent GmbH Liquid-crystalline medium
WO2014094959A1 (en) * 2012-12-17 2014-06-26 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid-crystal displays and liquid-crystalline media having homeotropic alignment
US10131841B2 (en) * 2013-12-16 2018-11-20 Merck Patent Gmbh Liquid-crystalline medium
CN106536679B (en) * 2014-07-28 2020-08-07 默克专利股份有限公司 Liquid-crystalline medium with homeotropic alignment
CN105814173A (en) * 2014-09-05 2016-07-27 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2017090614A1 (en) * 2015-11-24 2017-06-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Infrared light control film and window
TW201730642A (en) * 2015-12-07 2017-09-01 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Liquid crystal display element
US10041001B2 (en) * 2016-01-21 2018-08-07 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device including the same, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device
CN105542796A (en) * 2016-02-01 2016-05-04 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Auto-orientation liquid crystal medium composition and liquid crystal display panel
TWI722120B (en) * 2016-05-18 2021-03-21 日商捷恩智股份有限公司 Low-molecular polar compound for uniformly aligning liquid crystal medium and liquid crystal medium containing same
JP2017208953A (en) * 2016-05-19 2017-11-24 住友電装株式会社 Bracket for fixing epb electric wire and wire harness
TWI737834B (en) * 2016-10-26 2021-09-01 日商迪愛生股份有限公司 Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
KR20200016215A (en) * 2017-06-01 2020-02-14 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Polymerizable monomer, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using the same
KR20200022376A (en) * 2017-06-29 2020-03-03 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2019049673A1 (en) 2019-03-14
CN111183206A (en) 2020-05-19
JP6690782B2 (en) 2020-04-28
KR20200041880A (en) 2020-04-22
CN111183206B (en) 2023-08-25
JPWO2019049673A1 (en) 2019-11-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7172621B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
TW201920629A (en) Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN110651021B (en) Spontaneous alignment assistant for liquid crystal composition
JP7255495B2 (en) liquid crystal composition
JP6399261B1 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
JP7180247B2 (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
TW201816089A (en) Spontaneous orientation aid for liquid crystal composition, compound suitable for said spontaneous orientation aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
JP6808916B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP7088251B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition
TWI828766B (en) Liquid crystal composition
TWI802610B (en) Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using same
TW202229521A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element used in combination with a liquid crystal compound having a specific structure and having a negative dielectric anisotropy
JP2020063324A (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display using the same
TWI721763B (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP7215151B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP6940015B1 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
TW202138547A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element wherein liquid crystal composition containing one or more compounds represented by general formula (i) and one or more polymerizable compounds represented by general formula (ii)
TW202136480A (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element wherein the liquid crystal display element is capable of realizing high speed response and high VHR
TW202028436A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element